diff --git a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv index b04e6acafc..732de2bedd 100644 --- a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ EXO 3 21 kt7b figs-litotes לֹ֥א תֵלְכ֖וּ רֵיקָֽם 1 will not g EXO 3 22 w2av וּ⁠מִ⁠גָּרַ֣ת בֵּיתָ֔⁠הּ 1 any women staying in her neighbors’ houses The word, **sojourning** means living somewhere other than one’s native land, usually temporarily. It is unclear both who the sojourning (visiting) women are and in whose house they are sojourning, leaving several possibilities. Most translations which make a decision about who they are identify both the temporary resident and her host home as Egyptian. This makes sense as the Israelites will be plundering the Egyptians. If it is possible to leave this ambiguous in your translation, that would be best. EXO 3 22 fmfu figs-youdual וְ⁠שַׂמְתֶּ֗ם עַל־בְּנֵי⁠כֶם֙ וְ⁠עַל־בְּנֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠נִצַּלְתֶּ֖ם 1 Each of these is a plural **you.** If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 3 22 h38j figs-quotemarks מִצְרָֽיִם 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh’s word which started in [verse 15](../03/15.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 intro kap5 0 # Exodus 04 General Notes

## Potential Translation Issues

### Quotations

* There is a difficult transition between [4:4](../04/04.md) and [4:5](../04/05.md) because the quotation stops in the middle to inject a bit of narrative. When it resumes in [4:5](../04/05.md),the sentence seems incomplete (even if merged directly with the quotation fragment in [4:4](../04/04.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])* Yahweh’s instructions to Moses are complex, and there are up to four levels of quotations in this chapter. Translators will need to decide if some of these need to become indirect quotations (if that is possible in their language) and take great care to use the proper quotation markings in the proper locations.

### Order of events

* The order of events is not always clear. In [4:14](../04/14.md) Yahweh tells Moses that Aaron is coming to meet him, but Yahweh telling Aaron to go meet Moses in the wilderness is not recorded until [4:27](../04/27.md).
* The timing of the events in [4:18](../18/.md)\-[4:27](../04/27.md), especially verses 18-19 and 27 in relation to the rest of the events of the chapter, is unclear.

### Thus says Yahweh

The first of over 400 occurrences throughout the Old Testament of a standard phrase used to introduce direct, authoritative instruction from Yahweh occurs in [4:22](../04/22.md). It occurs ten times in the book of Exodus; nine of these are between chapters 4–11. It would be good for your team to have a standard way to translate this that makes it clear that the words that come next are directly from God. If your language has a standard way of introducing a new message from your leader that alerts the hearers that these are the words of the leader, that would be a good phrase to consider.

### Yahweh’s attempt to kill someone

The encounter recorded from [4:24](../04/24.md) to [4:26](../04/26.md) is one of the strangest and most difficult passages in the entire book. Difficulties include:

* To whom do the pronouns refer? Masculine pronouns are used throughout the section, but there are two possible antecedents, Moses (who is not named in the narrative) and Zipporah’s son (who was presumably also Moses’ son, but this is how he is referred to in this text. For why, see below on why Yahweh did this). Most commentators believe the pronouns refer to Moses.
* Circumcision is described in fairly graphic detail. Different cultures will need to approach this differently. Some may have terms for circumcision, while others may be comfortable translating mostly literally, and others will need to use euphemisms or other strategies to translate. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])* The meaning of the phrase **a bridegroom of blood** (ULT) is unknown.
* Why did Yahweh attack Moses? Many commentators conclude that Moses had neglected to circumcise one of his sons because it displeased Zipporah, and Yahweh was holding Moses responsible before he returned to lead the Israelites (who should have been circumcised). When Zipporah repented by circumcising the son herself and touching the foreskin to Moses’ feet, Yahweh relents. These conclusions should help inform translation but should not be made explicit in the text.

## Study Concepts in this Chapter

### Moses does not understand

Although Moses believes in Yahweh, he does not trust in him. This is because Moses lacks understanding. Moses tries to believe the things he is asked to do are done by his own power. Yahweh is trying to get Moses to trust that these things are Yahweh’s doing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

### Children of God

This chapter introduces the concept that Israel, the people group, is the chosen people of God and God’s firstborn son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstborn]])

### Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart

Scholars are divided over how to understand this statement. There is debate over whether Pharaoh plays an active or passive role in the hardening of his own heart. Translators should simply follow the text. In Exodus 4-14 there are ten statements that Yahweh hardens Pharaoh’s heart, and ten statements that Pharaoh hardens his own heart. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 4 intro kap5 0 # Exodus 04 General Notes

## Potential Translation Issues

### Quotations

* There is a difficult transition between [4:4](../04/04.md) and [4:5](../04/05.md) because the quotation stops in the middle to inject a bit of narrative. When it resumes in [4:5](../04/05.md),the sentence seems incomplete (even if merged directly with the quotation fragment in [4:4](../04/04.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])* Yahweh’s instructions to Moses are complex, and there are up to four levels of quotations in this chapter. Translators will need to decide if some of these need to become indirect quotations (if that is possible in their language) and take great care to use the proper quotation markings in the proper locations.

### Order of events

* The order of events is not always clear. In [4:14](../04/14.md) Yahweh tells Moses that Aaron is coming to meet him, but Yahweh telling Aaron to go meet Moses in the wilderness is not recorded until [4:27](../04/27.md).
* The timing of the events in [4:18](../18/.md)\\-[4:27](../04/27.md), especially verses 18-19 and 27 in relation to the rest of the events of the chapter, is unclear.

### Thus says Yahweh

The first of over 400 occurrences throughout the Old Testament of a standard phrase used to introduce direct, authoritative instruction from Yahweh occurs in [4:22](../04/22.md). It occurs ten times in the book of Exodus; nine of these are between chapters 4–11. It would be good for your team to have a standard way to translate this that makes it clear that the words that come next are directly from God. If your language has a standard way of introducing a new message from your leader that alerts the hearers that these are the words of the leader, that would be a good phrase to consider.

### Yahweh’s attempt to kill someone

The encounter recorded from [4:24](../04/24.md) to [4:26](../04/26.md) is one of the strangest and most difficult passages in the entire book. Difficulties include:

* To whom do the pronouns refer? Masculine pronouns are used throughout the section, but there are two possible antecedents, Moses (who is not named in the narrative) and Zipporah’s son (who was presumably also Moses’ son, but this is how he is referred to in this text. For why, see below on why Yahweh did this). Most commentators believe the pronouns refer to Moses.
* Circumcision is described in fairly graphic detail. Different cultures will need to approach this differently. Some may have terms for circumcision, while others may be comfortable translating mostly literally, and others will need to use euphemisms or other strategies to translate. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])* The meaning of the phrase **a bridegroom of blood** (ULT) is unknown.
* Why did Yahweh attack Moses? Many commentators conclude that Moses had neglected to circumcise one of his sons because it displeased Zipporah, and Yahweh was holding Moses responsible before he returned to lead the Israelites (who should have been circumcised). When Zipporah repented by circumcising the son herself and touching the foreskin to Moses’ feet, Yahweh relents. These conclusions should help inform translation but should not be made explicit in the text.

## Study Concepts in this Chapter

### Moses does not understand

Although Moses believes in Yahweh, he does not trust in him. This is because Moses lacks understanding. Moses tries to believe the things he is asked to do are done by his own power. Yahweh is trying to get Moses to trust that these things are Yahweh’s doing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

### Children of God

This chapter introduces the concept that Israel, the people group, is the chosen people of God and God’s firstborn son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstborn]])

### Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart

Scholars are divided over how to understand this statement. There is debate over whether Pharaoh plays an active or passive role in the hardening of his own heart. Translators should simply follow the text. In Exodus 4-14 there are ten statements that Yahweh hardens Pharaoh’s heart, and ten statements that Pharaoh hardens his own heart. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 4 1 j4yg וַ⁠יַּ֤עַן מֹשֶׁה֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֔אמֶר 1 if they do not believe Here, **answered and said** is a Hebrew expression which does not convey any extra information. Unless your language naturally uses a similar structure, it is better to translate one verb and omit the other. Alternate translation: “Moses answered” EXO 4 1 b3xv figs-quotemarks וְ⁠הֵן֙ לֹֽא־יַאֲמִ֣ינוּ לִ֔⁠י וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִשְׁמְע֖וּ בְּ⁠קֹלִ֑⁠י כִּ֣י יֹֽאמְר֔וּ לֹֽא־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ יְהוָֽה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 1 pq8x figs-metonymy בְּ⁠קֹלִ֑⁠י 1 See [3:18](../03/18.md). Alternate translation: “to what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ EXO 5 22 g4d5 figs-rquestion לָ֥⁠מָּה זֶּ֖ה שְׁלַחְתָּֽ EXO 5 23 v2k2 figs-metonymy בִּ⁠שְׁמֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 to speak to him in your name Here, **in your name** indicates that Moses delivers Yahweh’s message. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for you” or “your message for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 5 23 fzir figs-idiom וְ⁠הַצֵּ֥ל לֹא־הִצַּ֖לְתָּ 1 In Hebrew, **rescued** is repeated for emphasis. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 5 23 ce6s figs-quotemarks עַמֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Moses that began in the [previous verse](../05/22.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 6 intro we5k 0 # Exodus 06 General Notes

## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### Repetition of events:

Most of the content of this chapter is very similar to the events and dialogue in chapters 3-4. For consistency, translators should consult the decisions they made there while keeping in mind that this narrative is not exactly the same. Also, verses 10-12 and verses 28-30 are very similar to each other. These events are probably a recommissioning of Moses. After his first encounter with Pharaoh went very poorly and the Israelites seem to reject God, reminds Moses of God’s promises and power.

### Referring to God

A name for God (**Yahweh**) and a title for God (**El Shaddai**) are mentioned in this chapter ([6:2](../06/02.md)\-[6:3](../06/03.md)). The precise meaning of El Shaddai is not known, but most scholars think it means something like “almighty.” Translators who have worked on Genesis may find confusing the statement that Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob did not know Yahweh as the name of God.

### Other possible translation difficulties:

With little explanation, a large portion of the chapter is devoted to the genealogy of Moses and Aaron. Some of the people in the genealogy lived much longer than is normal for humans today. If translators are not familiar with the lengths of people’s lives in the early days of the world (as recorded in Genesis, especially chapter 5), this may cause confusion.

## Study Concepts in this Chapter

### Promised Land

According to the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham, Egypt is not the home of the Hebrew people. Their home is the Promised Land in Canaan. The people are to return home to their land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

### “Let my people go”

This is a very important statement. Moses is not asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.

### God and his people

In verse 7, note mention of a very important biblical theme of God being “your God” and the special relationship that his people have with him. +EXO 6 intro we5k 0 # Exodus 06 General Notes

## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### Repetition of events:

Most of the content of this chapter is very similar to the events and dialogue in chapters 3-4. For consistency, translators should consult the decisions they made there while keeping in mind that this narrative is not exactly the same. Also, verses 10-12 and verses 28-30 are very similar to each other. These events are probably a recommissioning of Moses. After his first encounter with Pharaoh went very poorly and the Israelites seem to reject God, reminds Moses of God’s promises and power.

### Referring to God

A name for God (**Yahweh**) and a title for God (**El Shaddai**) are mentioned in this chapter ([6:2](../06/02.md)\\-[6:3](../06/03.md)). The precise meaning of El Shaddai is not known, but most scholars think it means something like “almighty.” Translators who have worked on Genesis may find confusing the statement that Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob did not know Yahweh as the name of God.

### Other possible translation difficulties:

With little explanation, a large portion of the chapter is devoted to the genealogy of Moses and Aaron. Some of the people in the genealogy lived much longer than is normal for humans today. If translators are not familiar with the lengths of people’s lives in the early days of the world (as recorded in Genesis, especially chapter 5), this may cause confusion.

## Study Concepts in this Chapter

### Promised Land

According to the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham, Egypt is not the home of the Hebrew people. Their home is the Promised Land in Canaan. The people are to return home to their land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

### “Let my people go”

This is a very important statement. Moses is not asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.

### God and his people

In verse 7, note mention of a very important biblical theme of God being “your God” and the special relationship that his people have with him. EXO 6 1 ip5i figs-quotemarks עַתָּ֣ה תִרְאֶ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֖ה לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֑ה כִּ֣י בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ יְשַׁלְּחֵ֔⁠ם וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה יְגָרְשֵׁ֖⁠ם מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 6 1 lu95 grammar-connect-time-sequential עַתָּ֣ה 1 This refers to future events starting very soon. Alternative translation: “Starting soon” or “Very soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) EXO 6 1 ece6 figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙…וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה 1 my strong hand Here, **hand** is a metonym for power. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by a strong power … and by a strong power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -780,21 +780,21 @@ EXO 8 31 iyhn figs-merism מִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֖ה מֵ⁠עֲבָדָ֣י⁠ו EXO 8 31 mb4r figs-hyperbole לֹ֥א נִשְׁאַ֖ר אֶחָֽד 1 This extreme statement emphasizes how thoroughly Yahweh removed the insects from the land. Alternate translation: “There was not a single one of these insects left in the whole land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) EXO 8 32 sb5l figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּכְבֵּ֤ד פַּרְעֹה֙ אֶת־לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 Pharaoh hardened his heart Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he made his own **heart heavy**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [8:15](../08/15.md). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh determined to be defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 9 intro hqw8 0 # Exodus 09 General Notes

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Pharaoh’s hard heart

Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Let my people go

This is a very important statement. Moses is not asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. -EXO 9 1 se3f writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ 1 General Information: A new scene begins here Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. This is the beginning of the fifth plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 9 1 p1oj figs-quotemarks אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of [9:4](../09/04.md) and contains two more levels of quotes. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +EXO 9 1 se3f writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ 1 General Information: A new scene begins here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. This is the beginning of the fifth plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +EXO 9 1 p1oj figs-quotemarks אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of [9:4](../09/04.md) and contains two additional levels of quotes. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 9 1 maqa figs-quotemarks אֵלָ֗י⁠ו 1 After this phrase, a second-level direct quote begins which continues to the end of [9:4](../09/04.md) and contains one more level of quotes. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 9 1 fo4o figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠דִבַּרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֔ים 1 You may want to translate the quote beginning with **Thus says Yahweh** as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “and say to him that Yahweh, the God of the Hebrews, says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +EXO 9 1 fo4o figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠דִבַּרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֔ים 1 You may want to translate the second-level quote beginning with **Thus says Yahweh** as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “and say to him that Yahweh, the God of the Hebrews, says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 9 1 w0lg כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ 1 This quotation formula is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. EXO 9 1 x4bd עַמִּ֖⁠י 1 Alternate translation: “the Israelites” EXO 9 2 l7ld figs-parallelism כִּ֛י אִם־מָאֵ֥ן אַתָּ֖ה לְ⁠שַׁלֵּ֑חַ וְ⁠עוֹדְ⁠ךָ֖ מַחֲזִ֥יק בָּֽ⁠ם 1 if you refuse to let them go, if you still keep them back These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “If you continue refusing to let them go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 9 3 fltr הִנֵּ֨ה 1 This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternate translation: “look out” +EXO 9 3 fltr הִנֵּ֨ה 1 The word **behold** is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternate translation: “look out” EXO 9 3 ume2 figs-metonymy יַד־יְהוָ֜ה הוֹיָ֗ה בְּ⁠מִקְנְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 then Yahweh’s hand will be on your cattle Here, **hand** represents Yahweh’s power to afflict their animals with disease. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Then the power of Yahweh will afflict your livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 9 3 cjt9 figs-123person יַד־יְהוָ֜ה 1 This is part of the reported speech that Yahweh wants Moses to say to Pharaoh. Therefore, you could change the third person **the hand of Yahweh** to first person if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “My hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 9 3 tn3z figs-youdual בְּ⁠מִקְנְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 on your cattle While the word **your** here is not plural, the next verse shows that it refers to all the people of Egypt who owned cattle. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, you may want to use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 9 3 v8ur figs-merism בַּ⁠סּוּסִ֤ים בַּֽ⁠חֲמֹרִים֙ בַּ⁠גְּמַלִּ֔ים בַּ⁠בָּקָ֖ר וּ⁠בַ⁠צֹּ֑אן 1 This long list is meant to reinforce the universal effects of the coming plague. It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that it is not limiting but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 9 3 m1fk grammar-collectivenouns בַּ⁠בָּקָ֖ר…וּ⁠בַ⁠צֹּ֑אן 1 These (**cattle** and **flock**) are collective singular nouns which refer to groups of animals. Alternate translation: “on your bulls and cows and on your sheep and goats” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 9 3 f5sr figs-metaphor כָּבֵ֥ד 1 Here, the plague is spoken of as if it weighed a lot. This means it would be very bad. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “severe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 9 4 x12r figs-123person יְהוָ֔ה 1 This is part of the reported speech that Yahweh wants Moses to say to Pharaoh. Therefore you could change the third person **Yahweh** to first person if it would be clearer in your language. You should do the same as you did in the [previous verse](../09/04.md). Alternate translation: “I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +EXO 9 3 f5sr figs-metaphor כָּבֵ֥ד 1 Here the plague is spoken of as if it weighed a lot. This means it would be very bad. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “severe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 9 4 x12r figs-123person יְהוָ֔ה 1 This is part of the reported speech that Yahweh wants Moses to say to Pharaoh. Therefore, you could change the third person **Yahweh** to first person if it would be clearer in your language. You should do the same as you did in the [previous verse](../09/04.md). Alternate translation: “I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 9 4 lp3t figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Israel’s cattle Here, **Israel** refers to the Israelites. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 9 4 u60c grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Here, **Israel** is used as a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 9 4 fs25 figs-metonymy מִקְנֵ֣ה מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 Egypt’s cattle Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptians. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the livestock of the Egyptian people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -804,12 +804,12 @@ EXO 9 4 cbsz figs-quotemarks וְ⁠לֹ֥א יָמ֛וּת מִ⁠כָּל־ל EXO 9 5 vqz2 וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם יְהוָ֖ה מוֹעֵ֣ד 1 fixed a time Alternate translation: “And Yahweh made an appointed time” EXO 9 5 w8gk לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 This marks the beginning of a direct quotation. It can be omitted in translation if your language does not use a similar form. However, in this sentence it is the only verb related to speech, so you may need to translate it similarly to the way the UST does.
. EXO 9 5 dh4h figs-quotemarks מָחָ֗ר יַעֲשֶׂ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה הַ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 9 5 pxb1 figs-123person יְהוָ֛ה 1 Yahweh is speaking here. Therefore you could change the third person **Yahweh** to first person if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +EXO 9 5 pxb1 figs-123person יְהוָ֛ה 1 Yahweh is speaking here. Therefore, you could change the third person **Yahweh** to first person if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 9 6 gt3n figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּ֨עַשׂ יְהוָ֜ה 1 It is implied that Moses went and spoke to Pharaoh as directed. You may need to make that explicit in your translation in some languages. Alternate translation: “Moses did as Yahweh had commanded. And Yahweh did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 9 6 cx5i figs-hyperbole כֹּ֖ל מִקְנֵ֣ה 1 All the cattle of Egypt died This is exaggerated to emphasize the seriousness of the event. There were still some animals alive that were afflicted by later plagues. However, it may be best to translate this with the word “all.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) EXO 9 6 gy7t figs-metonymy מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 cattle of Egypt Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptians. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Egyptian peoples’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 9 6 i0bl figs-litotes וּ⁠מִ⁠מִּקְנֵ֥ה בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֹא־מֵ֥ת אֶחָֽד 1 This emphatic negative statement could be stated positively. Alternate translation: “But every single one of the Israelites’ livestock lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -EXO 9 7 md84 וְ⁠הִנֵּ֗ה 1 behold **Behold** is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternate translation: “and listen” +EXO 9 7 md84 וְ⁠הִנֵּ֗ה 1 behold Again, **behold** is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternate translation: “and listen” EXO 9 7 rtny figs-litotes לֹא־מֵ֛ת מִ⁠מִּקְנֵ֥ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל עַד־אֶחָ֑ד 1 This emphatic negative statement could be stated positively. Alternate translation: “every single one of the Israelites’ livestock was alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) EXO 9 7 kkuc figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Here, **Israel** refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 9 7 sfor grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Here, **Israel** is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) @@ -821,28 +821,28 @@ EXO 9 8 ydar קְח֤וּ לָ⁠כֶם֙ מְלֹ֣א חָפְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ EXO 9 8 u5wn פִּ֖יחַ כִּבְשָׁ֑ן 1 Alternate translation: “ash from a furnace” or “ash produced by a furnace” EXO 9 8 gk7f grammar-collectivenouns פִּ֖יחַ 1 Here, **ash** is singular. For some languages you may need to make it plural as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 9 8 gu1v הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יְמָ⁠ה 1 Alternate translation: “toward the sky” -EXO 9 8 p795 figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י פַרְעֹֽה 1 This means in his sight. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the sight of Pharaoh” or “so Pharaoh sees it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 9 9 d2v3 translate-unknown לִ⁠שְׁחִ֥ין פֹּרֵ֛חַ אֲבַעְבֻּעֹ֖ת 1 fine This is a condition where the skin is red and hot, the skin breaks, and blood and puss come out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 9 9 jlh0 figs-gendernotations הָ⁠אָדָ֜ם 1 This includes women and children. Alternate translation: “people” or “mankind” or “humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +EXO 9 8 p795 figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י פַרְעֹֽה 1 The phrase **before the eyes of Pharaoh** means in his sight. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the sight of Pharaoh” or “so Pharaoh sees it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 9 9 d2v3 translate-unknown לִ⁠שְׁחִ֥ין פֹּרֵ֛חַ אֲבַעְבֻּעֹ֖ת 1 fine To have **boils** means to have a condition where the skin is red, hot, and painful, the skin breaks open, and puss and blood come out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 9 9 jlh0 figs-gendernotations הָ⁠אָדָ֜ם 1 Here, **man** includes women and children. Alternate translation: “people” or “mankind” or “humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) EXO 9 9 eyc7 הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֗ה 1 to break out on Alternate translation: “wild and domestic animals” or “wild animals and livestock” EXO 9 10 wdcn grammar-collectivenouns פִּ֣יחַ 1 Here, **ash** is singular. For some languages you may need to make it plural as in the UST. See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 9 10 dp3l פִּ֣יחַ הַ⁠כִּבְשָׁ֗ן 1 Alternate translation: “ash from a furnace” or “ash produced by a furnace” See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). -EXO 9 10 ufpn figs-metonymy וַ⁠יַּֽעַמְדוּ֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 Here, **before the face of** means in Pharaoh’s presence. Alternate translation: “and stood in Pharaoh’s presence” See how you translated a similar statement in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 9 10 ufpn figs-metonymy וַ⁠יַּֽעַמְדוּ֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 Here, **before the face of Pharaoh** means in Pharaoh’s presence. Alternate translation: “and stood in Pharaoh’s presence” or "and stood in the presence of Pharaoh" See how you translated a similar statement in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 9 10 xmbw הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יְמָ⁠ה 1 Alternate translation: “toward the sky” See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). EXO 9 10 jhzb translate-unknown שְׁחִין֙ אֲבַעְבֻּעֹ֔ת פֹּרֵ֕חַ 1 This is a condition where the skin is red and hot, the skin breaks, and blood and puss come out. See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 9 10 rdo3 figs-gendernotations בָּ⁠אָדָ֖ם 1 This includes women and children. See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +EXO 9 10 rdo3 figs-gendernotations בָּ⁠אָדָ֖ם 1 Here, **man** includes women and children. See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) EXO 9 10 iftm וּ⁠בַ⁠בְּהֵמָֽה 1 Alternate translation: “and on wild and domestic animals” or “and on wild animals and livestock” See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). EXO 9 11 jrc3 הַֽ⁠חַרְטֻמִּ֗ים…בַּֽ⁠חֲרְטֻמִּ֖ם 1 See how you translated **magicians** in [7:11](../07/11.md). EXO 9 11 dxsx figs-metonymy לַ⁠עֲמֹ֛ד לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 Here, **before the face of** means in Moses’ presence. Alternate translation: “to stand in Moses’ presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 9 11 k9uu figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠שְּׁחִ֑ין 1 Here, **the face of** means the existence of or perhaps pain from the boils. Alternate translation: “because of the boils” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 9 11 k9uu figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠שְּׁחִ֑ין 1 Here, **the face of** means the presence of or perhaps pain from the boils. Alternate translation: “because of the boils” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 9 11 lpmq translate-unknown הַ⁠שְּׁחִ֑ין…הַ⁠שְּׁחִ֔ין 1 This is a condition where the skin is red and hot, the skin breaks, and blood and puss comes out. See how you translated this in [9:9](../09/09.md). However, this time only **boils** is used, without the description (“bursting blisters”) that is in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 9 12 p5m5 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** was **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 9 12 p5m5 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart This phrase means that it was God who made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 9 13 ifs8 writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 A new scene begins here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. This is the beginning of the seventh plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 9 13 zsvl figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [9:19](../09/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 9 13 zmrt figs-metonymy וְ⁠הִתְיַצֵּ֖ב לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה 1 Here, **before the face of** means in Pharaoh’s presence. Alternate translation: “and stand in Pharaoh’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 9 13 dxww figs-quotations וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֔ים 1 After **and say to him**, a second-level quote begins which continues until the end of [9:19](../09/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. However, it may be useful to translate this short quote frame as an indirect quotation as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +EXO 9 13 dxww figs-quotations וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֔ים 1 After **and say to him**, a second-level quote begins which continues until the end of [9:19](../09/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. However, it may be useful to translate this short quote frame as an indirect quotation, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 9 13 hsl6 כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ 1 This quotation formula is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. -EXO 9 13 zi15 figs-quotemarks שַׁלַּ֥ח 1 **Let** is the first word of a third-level direct quote which continues until the end of [9:19](../09/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening third-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a third-level quotation. If you chose to make the second level an indirect quote, this may only be a second-level quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +EXO 9 13 zi15 figs-quotemarks שַׁלַּ֥ח 1 **Let** is the first word of a third-level direct quote which continues until the end of [9:19](../09/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening third-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a third-level quotation. If you chose to make the second-level quote an indirect quote, then this one would only be a second-level quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 9 14 z68b grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 Here, **For** means something like “I am warning you that unless you do this.” Alternate translation: “Otherwise,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 9 14 n6wq figs-synecdoche אֲנִ֨י שֹׁלֵ֜חַ אֶת־כָּל־מַגֵּפֹתַ⁠י֙ אֶֽל־לִבְּ⁠ךָ֔ 1 on you yourself Here, **to your heart** is a synecdoche that means that even Pharaoh will be hurt by the plagues. Alternate translation: “I am about to send all my plagues against you personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) EXO 9 15 f056 grammar-connect-condition-contrary כִּ֤י עַתָּה֙ שָׁלַ֣חְתִּי אֶת־יָדִ֔⁠י וָ⁠אַ֥ךְ אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠אֶֽת־עַמְּ⁠ךָ֖ בַּ⁠דָּ֑בֶר וַ⁠תִּכָּחֵ֖ד מִן־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 This verse presents two things that God could have done but did not do to the Egyptians. This is to set up the reason he gives in the [next verse](../09/16.md). Be sure that it is clear in your translation that these are hypothetical past events. See the note regarding Yahweh’s stated goals in the next verse. Some languages may need to reverse the order of these verses to put Yahweh’s goals before his non-action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) @@ -851,7 +851,7 @@ EXO 9 15 hgfx figs-metaphor וָ⁠אַ֥ךְ אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠אֶֽ EXO 9 16 kwks grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠אוּלָ֗ם בַּ⁠עֲב֥וּר זֹאת֙ הֶעֱמַדְתִּ֔י⁠ךָ בַּ⁠עֲב֖וּר הַרְאֹתְ⁠ךָ֣ אֶת־כֹּחִ֑⁠י וּ⁠לְמַ֛עַן סַפֵּ֥ר שְׁמִ֖⁠י בְּ⁠כָל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ׃ 1 The statements from **to show** to the end of the verse are Yahweh’s stated goals, and thus, his reasons for not yet destroying Egypt and Pharaoh. You will need to translate, **However, for this reason I appointed you: in order** in a way that connects with the [previous verse](../09/15.md) in an action-goal manner. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) EXO 9 16 nec7 figs-metonymy וּ⁠לְמַ֛עַן סַפֵּ֥ר שְׁמִ֖⁠י בְּ⁠כָל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 so that my name may be proclaimed throughout all the earth Here, **my name** represents Yahweh’s reputation. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “and so that people everywhere will know who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 9 17 h3ed figs-metaphor עוֹדְ⁠ךָ֖ מִסְתּוֹלֵ֣ל בְּ⁠עַמִּ֑⁠י 1 lifting yourself up against my people Pharaoh’s opposition to letting the Israelites go to worship Yahweh is spoken of as if he were raising himself up as a barrier to them. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You are still blocking my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 9 17 sdav figs-rpronouns מִסְתּוֹלֵ֣ל 1 Here, Pharaoh fills two different roles in the sentence. Different languages have different methods of marking this. Translate this in a way that conveys that Pharaoh is making Pharaoh (himself) proud (metaphorically expressed as Pharaoh making Pharaoh (himself) the obstacle in the Israelites’ way to freedom as discussed in the previous note.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) +EXO 9 17 sdav figs-rpronouns מִסְתּוֹלֵ֣ל 1 Here, Pharaoh fills two different roles in the sentence. Different languages have different methods of marking this. Translate this in a way that conveys that Pharaoh is making Pharaoh (himself) proud (metaphorically expressed as Pharaoh making Pharaoh (himself) the obstacle in the Israelites’ way to freedom, as discussed in the previous note.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) EXO 9 17 r1wv מִסְתּוֹלֵ֣ל 1 Here, **you** is Pharaoh. EXO 9 17 zfhb בְּ⁠עַמִּ֑⁠י 1 Here, **my people** are the Israelites. EXO 9 18 fnd2 הִנְ⁠נִ֤י 1 Listen! Alternate translation: “Pay attention to the important thing I am about to tell you” @@ -859,32 +859,32 @@ EXO 9 18 pmy0 כָּ⁠עֵ֣ת…אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹא־הָיָ֤ה כָמֹ EXO 9 19 fduj figs-metonymy שְׁלַ֤ח הָעֵז֙ אֶֽת־מִקְנְ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠אֵ֛ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֥ר לְ⁠ךָ֖ בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה 1 The form of address here is singular; Moses is speaking directly to Pharaoh. However, the next two verses make it clear that Pharaoh’s servants heard and understood this warning to be for them as well. In this sense Pharaoh represents the Egyptians. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 9 19 eo52 וְ⁠יָרַ֧ד עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֛ם הַ⁠בָּרָ֖ד 1 Alternate translation: “the hail will come down on” EXO 9 19 x4ja figs-gendernotations כָּל־הָ⁠אָדָ֨ם 1 Here, **man** means humans and includes men, women, and children. Alternate translation: “everyone” or “anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -EXO 9 19 itlv וְ⁠הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֜ה 1 This includes domestic and wild animals. -EXO 9 19 f80e figs-explicit וָ⁠מֵֽתוּ 1 The people and animals **will die** because they are hurt fatally by the hail. You may need to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “and the hail will kill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 9 19 itlv וְ⁠הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֜ה 1 Here, **and beast** includes domestic and wild animals. +EXO 9 19 f80e figs-explicit וָ⁠מֵֽתוּ 1 The people and animals **will die** because they will be fatally injured by the hail. You may need to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “and the hail will kill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 9 19 g90p figs-quotemarks וָ⁠מֵֽתוּ 1 Up to three levels of direct quotation (depending on your earlier decision about converting a level to an indirect quotation) end at the end of this verse. You should indicate that ending here with closing first-level, second-level, and third-level (if required) quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations within quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 9 20 dp8j figs-explicit הַ⁠יָּרֵא֙ 1 As in some other occasions, Moses’ conversation with Pharaoh is not recorded. You may need to make explicit the fact that he did as Yahweh instructed. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 9 20 p3nz הַ⁠יָּרֵא֙ אֶת־דְּבַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה מֵֽ⁠עַבְדֵ֖י פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 Alternate translation: “Those of Pharaoh’s servants who feared Yahweh’s warning” EXO 9 21 dvwv figs-metaphor וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־שָׂ֛ם לִבּ֖⁠וֹ אֶל 1 Here, **set his heart** means he believed or thought something was true. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. Alternate translation: “but whoever did not respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 9 22 vtfl writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה 1 A minor scene shift occurs here and may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 9 22 zwvk יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. -EXO 9 22 h9cr figs-gendernotations הָ⁠אָדָ֣ם 1 This includes women and children. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -EXO 9 22 r0g4 הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֗ה 1 This includes domestic and wild animals. +EXO 9 22 h9cr figs-gendernotations הָ⁠אָדָ֣ם 1 Here, **man** includes women and children. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +EXO 9 22 r0g4 הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֗ה 1 Here, **beast** includes domestic and wild animals. EXO 9 23 o8zy מַטֵּ⁠הוּ֮ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. -EXO 9 25 vnpj figs-merism מֵ⁠אָדָ֖ם וְ⁠עַד־בְּהֵמָ֑ה 1 This is a figure of speech used to emphasize the extent and severity of the hail. Alternate translation: “every living thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -EXO 9 25 ft0o figs-gendernotations מֵ⁠אָדָ֖ם 1 This includes women and children. Alternate translation: “from people” or “from mankind” or “from humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -EXO 9 25 apbl בְּהֵמָ֑ה 1 This includes domestic and wild animals. +EXO 9 25 vnpj figs-merism מֵ⁠אָדָ֖ם וְ⁠עַד־בְּהֵמָ֑ה 1 Here, **from man to beast** is a figure of speech used to emphasize the extent and severity of the hail. Alternate translation: “every living thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +EXO 9 25 ft0o figs-gendernotations מֵ⁠אָדָ֖ם 1 Here, **man** includes women and children. Alternate translation: “from people” or “from mankind” or “from humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +EXO 9 25 apbl בְּהֵמָ֑ה 1 Here, **beast** includes domestic and wild animals. EXO 9 27 fu9c writing-newevent וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֣ח פַּרְעֹ֗ה 1 to summon A minor scene shift occurs here and may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 9 27 sh1x חָטָ֣אתִי 1 Some commentators suggest translating **sinned** more literally, that is “missed the mark,” because Pharaoh is probably not admitting a moral failure, but instead, admitting that he misjudged. EXO 9 27 joxy הַ⁠צַּדִּ֔יק…הָ⁠רְשָׁעִֽים 1 Many commentators suggest that Pharaoh is using these terms in a narrow, legal sense and only referring to this instance. That is, he is saying something like “I’ve lost this round in court.” See UST. -EXO 9 27 wag1 וְ⁠עַמִּ֖⁠י 1 **My people** refers to the Egyptians. +EXO 9 27 wag1 וְ⁠עַמִּ֖⁠י 1 Here, **my people** refers to the Egyptians. EXO 9 28 r0cs figs-litotes וְ⁠לֹ֥א תֹסִפ֖וּ⁠ן לַ⁠עֲמֹֽד 1 This negative statement strengthens the force of Pharaoh’s statement that he will let the people go. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) EXO 9 29 ajz3 וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֵלָי⁠ו֙ מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Moses said to him Alternate translation: “And Moses said to Pharaoh” EXO 9 29 b787 translate-symaction אֶפְרֹ֥שׂ אֶת־כַּפַּ֖⁠י אֶל־יְהוָ֑ה 1 spread my hands out to Yahweh This symbolic gesture accompanies prayer. Alternate translation: “I will pray to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) EXO 9 30 tn94 grammar-connect-condition-contrary וְ⁠אַתָּ֖ה וַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 honor Yahweh God This phrase is shifted to the beginning of the sentence to mark focus on Pharaoh and his servants because, despite Yahweh demonstrating his power, they are not yet afraid of him. If your language has a form or discourse feature that draws contrastive focus to participants, use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) EXO 9 30 srx4 figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י יְהוָ֥ה 1 Here, **face** means presence or power. Alternate translation: “of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 9 31 pcwg writing-background flax This and the next verse give background information so that the later plagues’ destruction can be understood by the reader. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +EXO 9 31 pcwg writing-background flax This and the next verse give background information so that the destruction caused by the later plagues can be understood by the reader. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) EXO 9 31 p1v8 translate-unknown וְ⁠הַ⁠פִּשְׁתָּ֥ה…וְ⁠הַ⁠פִּשְׁתָּ֖ה 1 flax **Flax** is a plant that produces fibers that can be made into linen cloth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 9 31 lzar translate-unknown אָבִ֔יב 1 This means the seeds at the top of the stalk were developing but still green. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 9 31 lzar translate-unknown אָבִ֔יב 1 This means the seeds at the top of the barley stalk were developing but still green. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 9 31 xnvj גִּבְעֹֽל 1 Alternate translation: “was flowering” EXO 9 32 jmq3 translate-unknown וְ⁠הַ⁠כֻּסֶּ֖מֶת 1 spelt **Spelt** is a kind of wheat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 9 33 fa2j translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּפְרֹ֥שׂ כַּפָּ֖י⁠ו אֶל־יְהוָ֑ה 1 spread out his hands to Yahweh This symbolic gesture accompanies prayer. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 9:29](../09/29.md). Alternate translation: “lifted up his hands toward Yahweh and prayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) @@ -892,16 +892,16 @@ EXO 9 34 ke5k figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּכְבֵּ֥ד לִבּ֖⁠וֹ 1 hard EXO 9 34 nz0e וַ⁠יֹּ֣סֶף לַ⁠חֲטֹ֑א 1 This statement is from the author’s perspective. Therefore, unlike in [9:27](../09/27.md), **sin** should be translated with the word your language uses for “sin.” EXO 9 34 ooed וַ⁠יַּכְבֵּ֥ד לִבּ֖⁠וֹ ה֥וּא וַ⁠עֲבָדָֽי⁠ו 1 Alternate translation: “and he caused his heart to be heavy. His servants did also” or “and he caused his heart to be heavy. His servants did the same” EXO 9 35 yxt8 figs-metaphor וַֽ⁠יֶּחֱזַק֙ לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 The heart of Pharaoh was hardened Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md). This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 9 35 x0kn figs-metaphor כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה 1 This is similar to [9:12](../09/12.md). In this case, what Yahweh said is figuratively spoken of as if it were something that could be held in someone’s hand. This means that Moses delivered a message from Yahweh that Pharaoh would be stubborn. It is not clear if this message was given to the Israelites or if this refers to Moses’ statement to Pharaoh in [9:30](../09/30.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “just as Yahweh had told Moses to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 10 intro s5g1 0 # Exodus 10 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pharaoh’s hard heart

Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Let my people go

This is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he demands that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. +EXO 9 35 x0kn figs-metaphor כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה 1 This is similar to [9:12](../09/12.md). In this case, what Yahweh said is figuratively spoken of as if it were something that could be held in someone’s hand. This means that Moses delivered a message from Yahweh that Pharaoh would be stubborn. It is not clear if this message was given to the Israelites or if this refers to Moses’ statement to Pharaoh in [9:30](../09/30.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “just as Yahweh had told Moses to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 10 intro s5g1 0 # Exodus 10 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Pharaoh’s hard heart\n\nPharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Let my people go\n\nThis is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he demands that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. EXO 10 1 w4pw figs-metaphor כִּֽי־אֲנִ֞י הִכְבַּ֤דְתִּי אֶת־לִבּ⁠וֹ֙ וְ⁠אֶת־לֵ֣ב עֲבָדָ֔י⁠ו 1 for I have hardened his heart and the hearts of his servants This means God made Pharaoh and his servants stubborn. Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if their **hearts** were **heavy.** If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md), but note that the metaphor is slightly different here. Alternate translation: “for I have caused Pharaoh and his servants to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 10 2 zg4c הִתְעַלַּ֨לְתִּי֙ בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 various signs Alternate translation: “I mocked Egypt” EXO 10 3 pm8p figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until near the end of [10:6](../10/06.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 10 3 u3mq figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֔ים 1 It may be helpful to turn the introductory quotation into an indirect quotation so that you do not have to use quotes within quotes. Alternate translation: “and told him that Yahweh, the God of the Hebrews, said thus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 10 3 vze4 כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ 1 This quotation formula is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. EXO 10 3 cicf figs-metonymy עַד־מָתַ֣י מֵאַ֔נְתָּ לֵ⁠עָנֹ֖ת מִ⁠פָּנָ֑⁠י 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Particularly, it means the presence of his judgment (the plagues). Alternate translation: “Until when will you refuse to be humble when I judge you” or “Until when will you refuse to be humble before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 10 4 ge67 הִנְ⁠נִ֨י 1 listen **Behold me** adds emphasis to what is said next. Alternate translation: “beware” -EXO 10 4 uwtp grammar-collectivenouns אַרְבֶּ֖ה 1 **Locust** is a singular noun referring to the group as one. Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) +EXO 10 4 ge67 הִנְ⁠נִ֨י 1 listen Here, **behold me** adds emphasis to what is said next. Alternate translation: “beware” +EXO 10 4 uwtp grammar-collectivenouns אַרְבֶּ֖ה 1 Here, **locust** is a singular noun referring to the group as one. Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 10 5 zu5r figs-parallelism וְ⁠כִסָּה֙ אֶת־עֵ֣ין הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ וְ⁠לֹ֥א יוּכַ֖ל לִ⁠רְאֹ֣ת אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 hail These parallel statements have a similar meaning. They are used to emphasize the great number of locusts that are coming. In some languages this will not have the same rhetorical effect, and you will need to use another device to emphasize the statement. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 10 5 rdav וְ⁠כִסָּה֙ אֶת־עֵ֣ין הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 Alternate translation: “And it will cover the land from sight” EXO 10 5 oj3i grammar-collectivenouns וְ⁠כִסָּה֙…וְ⁠אָכַ֣ל…וְ⁠אָכַל֙ 1 Here the pronoun **it** agrees in number with the collective singular “locust” in the previous verse. Insects are often referred to without gender in English, but you will need to use whatever number, gender, or noun class is required in your language to agree with the word for “locust” that you used in the [previous verse](../10/04.md). See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) @@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ EXO 10 7 c6pr figs-activepassive כִּ֥י אָבְדָ֖ה מִצְרָֽיִ EXO 10 8 bu1x figs-activepassive וַ⁠יּוּשַׁ֞ב אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֤ה וְ⁠אֶֽת־אַהֲרֹן֙ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And a servant brought Moses and Aaron back to Pharaoh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 10 8 fzsv מִ֥י וָ⁠מִ֖י 1 Alternate translation: “Who all” EXO 10 9 fnnl figs-exclusive נֵלֵ֑ךְ…נֵלֵ֔ךְ 1 **We** means the Israelites and does not include Pharaoh or the Egyptians. Use an exclusive form here if your language has this distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -EXO 10 10 hjc9 יְהִ֨י כֵ֤ן יְהוָה֙ עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר אֲשַׁלַּ֥ח אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠אֶֽת־טַפְּ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 if I ever let you go and your little ones go **May Yahweh be with you** is usually a blessing but is almost certainly not here. It likely means something like “It will take Yahweh’s power to make me let you and your children go,” or “May Yahweh be as favorable to you as I am to the idea of letting your children go.” Pharaoh is saying that it will take Yahweh to make him do what Moses wants, but he does not think that will happen. Alternate translation: “It will be clear that Yahweh is with you if I let you and your children go” +EXO 10 10 hjc9 יְהִ֨י כֵ֤ן יְהוָה֙ עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר אֲשַׁלַּ֥ח אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠אֶֽת־טַפְּ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 if I ever let you go and your little ones go **May Yahweh be with you** is usually a blessing but is almost certainly not a blessing here. It likely means something like “It will take Yahweh’s power to make me let you and your children go,” or “May Yahweh be as favorable to you as I am to the idea of letting your children go.” Pharaoh is saying that it will take Yahweh to make him do what Moses wants, but he does not think that will happen. Alternate translation: “It will be clear that Yahweh is with you if I let you and your children go” EXO 10 10 w8x4 figs-metonymy רְא֕וּ כִּ֥י רָעָ֖ה נֶ֥גֶד פְּנֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 The phrase **for evil is before your faces** could either be a warning from Pharaoh that Moses’ actions will lead to evil for the Israelites, or it could mean that Pharaoh thinks the Israelites plan something that he considers evil. **Faces** is a metonym for the whole person. Alternate translations: “I see that you plan evil” or “Be careful! Your actions will have bad consequences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 10 11 pkm4 הַ⁠גְּבָרִים֙ 1 Then Moses and Aaron were driven out from Pharaoh’s presence This interjection clarifies who may go. Alternate translation: “the leaders” EXO 10 11 vdjk figs-metonymy מֵ⁠אֵ֖ת פְּנֵ֥י פַרְעֹֽה 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Pharaoh. Alternate translation: “from his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -935,15 +935,15 @@ EXO 10 17 ttog אַ֣ךְ הַ⁠פַּ֔עַם…רַ֖ק 1 Pharaoh could eit EXO 10 17 kd6d figs-youdual אֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 this time Here, **your** is plural. This could refer either to Moses and Aaron or to all the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 10 17 doeg figs-metonymy הַ⁠מָּ֥וֶת הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 The word **death** here refers to the destruction by the locusts of all plants in Egypt, which would eventually lead to the deaths of people, because there would be no crops. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 10 17 nn2b figs-explicit הַ⁠מָּ֥וֶת הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 take this death away from me The word **death** here refers to the destruction by the locusts of all plants in Egypt, which would eventually lead to the deaths of people because there would be no crops. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “this destruction that will lead to our deaths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 10 18 p9hz וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֖א 1 Moses and Aaron were summoned to the king in [10:16](../10/16.md) so some translations will need to say that they both left. +EXO 10 18 p9hz וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֖א 1 Moses and Aaron were summoned to the king in [10:16](../10/16.md), so some translations will need to say that they both left. EXO 10 19 xhsv רֽוּחַ־יָם֙ חָזָ֣ק מְאֹ֔ד 1 Alternate translation: “a very strong west wind” or “a very strong wind from the west” -EXO 10 19 mdp5 וַ⁠יִּשָּׂא֙ אֶת־הָ֣⁠אַרְבֶּ֔ה 1 picked up the locusts Alternate translation: “and it moved the locusts upwards” +EXO 10 19 mdp5 וַ⁠יִּשָּׂא֙ אֶת־הָ֣⁠אַרְבֶּ֔ה 1 picked up the locusts Alternate translation: “and it moved the locusts upward” EXO 10 19 zhcu grammar-collectivenouns הָ֣⁠אַרְבֶּ֔ה…אַרְבֶּ֣ה 1 See how you translated this in [10:4](../10/04.md). Alternate translation: “the locusts … of the locusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 10 19 q8aj grammar-collectivenouns וַ⁠יִּתְקָעֵ֖⁠הוּ 1 Here, the first **it** refers to the wind, the second agrees in number with the collective singular “locust.” See how you translated this in [10:5](../10/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) +EXO 10 19 q8aj grammar-collectivenouns וַ⁠יִּתְקָעֵ֖⁠הוּ 1 Here, the first **it** refers to the wind; the second **it** agrees in number with the collective singular “locust.” See how you translated this in [10:5](../10/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 10 20 dw1d figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֥ק יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 10 21 x6xk writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה 1 A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the start of the third plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 10 21 utyz יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. -EXO 10 21 m38s figs-metaphor מִצְרָ֑יִם וְ⁠יָמֵ֖שׁ חֹֽשֶׁךְ 1 darkness that may be felt This is a somewhat puzzling construction which describes the darkness. Most English translations take it as a passive, which restated actively means, “people will feel the darkness,” meaning metaphorically what is expressed in different ways in the UST and the alternate translation here. Another option is to view the Hebrew verb form as causative and translate as such: “and the darkness will cause people to feel,” meaning people will have to feel where they are going because they will not be able to see. A final option would be a personification of darkness such that the darkness gropes around, filling in every place in the land. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Egypt — an extremely oppressive darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 10 21 m38s figs-metaphor מִצְרָ֑יִם וְ⁠יָמֵ֖שׁ חֹֽשֶׁךְ 1 darkness that may be felt This is a somewhat puzzling construction which describes the darkness. Most English translations take it as a passive, which restated actively means, “people will feel the darkness,” meaning metaphorically what is expressed in different ways in the UST and the alternate translation here. Another option is to view the Hebrew verb form as causative and translate as such: “and the darkness will cause people to feel,” meaning people will have to feel where they are going because they will not be able to see. A final option would be a personification of darkness such that the darkness gropes around, filling in every place in the land. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Egypt, an extremely oppressive darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 10 22 z4ge יָד֖⁠וֹ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. EXO 10 22 vbzj translate-numbers שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת 1 Alternate translation: “for 3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 10 23 jmd8 figs-metonymy לֹֽא־רָא֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶת־אָחִ֗י⁠ו 1 This phrase means that people could not see the people who lived closest to them, whether or not that person was literally their **brother**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “No one could see the people who lived with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -952,22 +952,22 @@ EXO 10 23 qstu translate-numbers שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת 1 Alternate translation: EXO 10 24 vfo4 figs-quotemarks לְכוּ֙ עִבְד֣וּ אֶת־יְהוָ֔ה רַ֛ק צֹאנְ⁠כֶ֥ם וּ⁠בְקַרְ⁠כֶ֖ם יֻצָּ֑ג גַּֽם־טַפְּ⁠כֶ֖ם יֵלֵ֥ךְ עִמָּ⁠כֶֽם 1 This is a direct quote of what the king said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 10 24 vp7b figs-youdual לְכוּ֙ עִבְד֣וּ…צֹאנְ⁠כֶ֥ם וּ⁠בְקַרְ⁠כֶ֖ם…טַפְּ⁠כֶ֖ם…עִמָּ⁠כֶֽם 1 Every instance of **you** and **your**, as well as the imperative verb forms in this verse, are plural. They refer to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 10 25 hnt5 figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [10:26](10:26). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 10 25 rsr4 figs-metonymy גַּם־אַתָּ֛ה תִּתֵּ֥ן בְּ⁠יָדֵ֖⁠נוּ זְבָחִ֣ים וְ⁠עֹל֑וֹת 1 The construction here is difficult. Based on context, Moses is probably not saying that Pharaoh needs to provide his own animals to the Israelites. He is asking Pharaoh to let the Israelites take their own animals. **Give in our hands** means to take with them, by whatever means, which may include holding a rope in the hand to lead the animals or any other means of herding the animals. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 10 25 rsr4 figs-metonymy גַּם־אַתָּ֛ה תִּתֵּ֥ן בְּ⁠יָדֵ֖⁠נוּ זְבָחִ֣ים וְ⁠עֹל֑וֹת 1 The construction here is difficult. Based on context, Moses is probably not saying that Pharaoh needs to provide his own animals to the Israelites. He is asking Pharaoh to let the Israelites take their own animals with them. **Give in our hands** means to take with them, by whatever means, which may include holding a rope in the hand to lead the animals or any other means of herding the animals. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 10 25 cj78 figs-metonymy זְבָחִ֣ים וְ⁠עֹל֑וֹת 1 Here, **sacrifices and burnt offerings** refers to the animals of their flocks and herds that they must take. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “animals for sacrifices and burnt offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 10 25 bjy0 וְ⁠עָשִׂ֖ינוּ לַ⁠יהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 Here, **do** means “do the sacrifices and burnt offerings.” Alternate translation: “and we will make those sacrifices and burnt offerings to Yahweh our God” EXO 10 25 ixo7 figs-exclusive בְּ⁠יָדֵ֖⁠נוּ…וְ⁠עָשִׂ֖ינוּ…אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 Here, **we** and **us** refers to the Israelites (same group as the speaker’s) while excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians (listeners’ group). If your language distinguishes between forms of we and us based on who is included, be sure to use the one appropriate to the described group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) EXO 10 26 k0pi figs-exclusive מִקְנֵ֜⁠נוּ…עִמָּ֗⁠נוּ…נִקַּ֔ח…אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ וַ⁠אֲנַ֣חְנוּ…נֵדַ֗ע…נַּעֲבֹד֙…בֹּאֵ֖⁠נוּ 1 Here, **we, our,** and **us** each refers to the Israelites (same group as the speaker’s) while excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians (listeners’ group). If your language distinguishes between forms of we, our, and us based on who is included, be sure to use the one appropriate to the described group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) EXO 10 26 ys4v figs-activepassive לֹ֤א תִשָּׁאֵר֙ פַּרְסָ֔ה 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We cannot leave behind a single animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 10 26 v9uc figs-synecdoche פַּרְסָ֔ה 1 a hoof Here the word **hoof** refers to the entire animal. Alternate translation: “a single animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 10 26 uiom שָֽׁמָּ⁠ה 1 The destination is unspecified. Previous context suggests it would be at the mountain of God (see [3:1](../03/01.md), especially [3:12](../03/12.md), and [4:27](../04/27.md)) which would take three days to travel to (see [3:18](../03/18.md) and [5:3](../05/03.md)). +EXO 10 26 uiom שָֽׁמָּ⁠ה 1 The destination is unspecified. Previous context suggests it would be at the mountain of God (see [3:1](../03/01.md), especially [3:12](../03/12.md), and [4:27](../04/27.md)), which would take three days of travel to reach (see [3:18](../03/18.md) and [5:3](../05/03.md)). EXO 10 27 n588 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֥ק יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 10 27 mv8t וְ⁠לֹ֥א אָבָ֖ה לְ⁠שַׁלְּחָֽ⁠ם 1 he would not let them go Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh would not consent to let them go” EXO 10 28 di6g figs-rpronouns הִשָּׁ֣מֶר לְ⁠ךָ֗ 1 Here, the listener, Moses, fills two different roles in the sentence. He is the person told to look (subject) and he himself is what he is told to look at (object). Different languages have different methods of marking this. Alternate translation: “You watch yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -EXO 10 28 lcz2 figs-explicit תָּמֽוּת 1 Be careful about one thing Pharaoh means he will have Moses killed. You may choose to make this explicit as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 10 28 te45 figs-synecdoche פָּנַ֔⁠י…פָנַ֖⁠י 1 you see my face Here, **face** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: see UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +EXO 10 28 lcz2 figs-explicit תָּמֽוּת 1 Be careful about one thing Pharaoh means he will have Moses killed. You may choose to make this explicit, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 10 28 te45 figs-synecdoche פָּנַ֔⁠י…פָנַ֖⁠י 1 you see my face Here, **face** refers to the whole person. See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) EXO 10 29 h1jf figs-idiom כֵּ֣ן דִּבַּ֑רְתָּ 1 You yourself have spoken With these words, Moses emphasizes that Pharaoh has spoken the truth. Alternate translation: “What you have said is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 10 29 rg18 figs-synecdoche פָּנֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 Here, **face** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 11 intro pu3u 0 # Exodus 11 General Notes


Chapter 11 is a transition point in the book. The previous nine plagues (in their three sequences of three) have come to an end and the last plague, the death of the firstborn, is about to occur, along with the Passover and the Exodus itself. It is difficult to know if the events in chapter 11 all are recorded in the order in which they happened. For translation, you should follow the order of the text if it will not confuse your readers.

It may be helpful to think that after the end of chapter 10, Yahweh spoke to Moses immediately, before he actually left Pharaoh’s presence (v. [1](../11/01.md)-[2](../11/02.md)). [Verse 3](../11/03.md) is a comment suggesting that the Egyptians will be willing to do as the Israelites are told to ask them to do in [v. 2](../11/02.md). In verses [4](../11/04.md)-[7](../11/07.md) Moses gives Pharaoh and his officials a message from Yahweh that Yahweh is giving to Moses right at that moment. At the end of [v. 8](../11/08.md) Moses leaves Pharaoh’s presence (completing the interaction from the [end of ch. 10](../10/28.md)). [Verse 9](../11/09.md) may either be Yahweh telling Moses what is going to happen, or it could be part of the summary that occurs in [v. 10](../11/10.md). Verse 10 summarizes what has happened in chs. 5-10 (especially the plagues in chs. 7-10) in preparation for the great last plague.


## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pharaoh’s hard heart

Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.

### Let my people go

In the previous chapters, Moses did not ask Pharaoh’s permission for the Hebrew people to leave. Instead, he demanded that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. In this chapter, the same wording is used to refer to Pharaoh “allowing” the Hebrew people to leave Egypt. +EXO 11 intro pu3u 0 # Exodus 11 General Notes\n\n\nChapter 11 is a transition point in the book. The previous nine plagues (in their three sequences of three) have come to an end and the last plague, the death of the firstborn, is about to occur, along with the Passover and the Exodus itself. It is difficult to know if the events in chapter 11 all are recorded in the order in which they happened. For translation, you should follow the order of the text if it will not confuse your readers.\n\nIt may be helpful to think that after the end of chapter 10, Yahweh spoke to Moses immediately, before he actually left Pharaoh’s presence (v. [1](../11/01.md)-[2](../11/02.md)). [Verse 3](../11/03.md) is a comment suggesting that the Egyptians will be willing to do as the Israelites are told to ask them to do in [v. 2](../11/02.md). In verses [4](../11/04.md)-[7](../11/07.md) Moses gives Pharaoh and his officials a message from Yahweh that Yahweh is giving to Moses right at that moment. At the end of [v. 8](../11/08.md) Moses leaves Pharaoh’s presence (completing the interaction from the [end of ch. 10](../10/28.md)). [Verse 9](../11/09.md) may either be Yahweh telling Moses what is going to happen, or it could be part of the summary that occurs in [v. 10](../11/10.md). Verse 10 summarizes what has happened in chs. 5-10 (especially the plagues in chs. 7-10) in preparation for the great last plague.\n\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Pharaoh’s hard heart\n\nPharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.\n\n### Let my people go\n\nIn the previous chapters, Moses did not ask Pharaoh’s permission for the Hebrew people to leave. Instead, he demanded that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. In this chapter, the same wording is used to refer to Pharaoh “allowing” the Hebrew people to leave Egypt. EXO 11 1 hrom figs-quotemarks אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [11:2](../11/02.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 11 1 eqeb grammar-connect-time-sequential כְּ⁠שַׁ֨לְּח֔⁠וֹ…יְגָרֵ֥שׁ 1 These verbs (**lets go** and **drive away**) are meant to immediately follow one another. When you translate, make sure they are almost simultaneous in time; the letting go happens and then immediately the driving away happens. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) EXO 11 1 iocd כָּלָ֕ה גָּרֵ֛שׁ יְגָרֵ֥שׁ 1 The wording here is very forceful. Use strong words, forms, or phrasing when you are translating. @@ -978,14 +978,14 @@ EXO 11 2 nlsk בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֣י הָ⁠עָ֑ם 1 Alternate translatio EXO 11 2 jl6w כְּלֵי־כֶ֖סֶף וּ⁠כְלֵ֥י זָהָֽב 1 These could be any sort of thing made from silver or gold (for instance: utensils, cups, pitchers, plates, candleholders), not just jewelry. EXO 11 2 ddej וְ⁠יִשְׁאֲל֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ׀ מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת רֵעֵ֗⁠הוּ וְ⁠אִשָּׁה֙ מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת רְעוּתָ֔⁠הּ כְּלֵי־כֶ֖סֶף וּ⁠כְלֵ֥י זָהָֽב 1 [Exodus 3:22](../03/22.md) contains similar instructions; see how you translated there. EXO 11 2 jyqa figs-quotemarks זָהָֽב 1 At the end of this verse, the direct quote of Yahweh that started in the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 11 3 hng9 figs-idiom חֵ֥ן הָ⁠עָ֖ם בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 Here, **in the eyes of the Egyptians** is an idiom for the Egyptian’s feelings or opinion. **Favor** means those feelings are positive. Taken together, this means that when the Egyptians see the Israelites leaving Egypt, they will gladly help them. (Because the Egyptians have suffered under Gods judgment, the Egyptians want so badly to see them leave). If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. See how you translated this in [3:21](../03/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 11 3 hng9 figs-idiom חֵ֥ן הָ⁠עָ֖ם בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 Here, **in the eyes of the Egyptians** is an idiom for the Egyptian’s feelings or opinion. **Favor** means those feelings are positive. Taken together, this means that when the Egyptians see the Israelites leaving Egypt, they will gladly help them. (Because the Egyptians have suffered under God's judgment, the Egyptians want so badly to see them leave). If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. See how you translated this in [3:21](../03/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 11 3 orq6 figs-idiom בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י עַבְדֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הָ⁠עָֽם 1 Here, **in the eyes of the servants of Pharaoh and in the eyes of the people** is an idiom for their feelings or opinions. If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. See how you translated a similar idiom in [3:21](../03/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 11 3 s5zy וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־חֵ֥ן הָ⁠עָ֖ם בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 [Exodus 3:21](../03/21.md) contains a related phrase; see how you translated it there. EXO 11 4 sewb figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [11:8](../11/08.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 11 4 kpb5 כֹּ֖ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה 1 midnight This quotation formula is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. EXO 11 4 vyvr figs-quotemarks כֹּ֖ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה 1 After this phrase, a second-level direct quote begins which continues until the end of [11:7](../11/07.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 11 5 hv8k בְּכוֹר֮…מִ⁠בְּכ֤וֹר…בְּכ֣וֹר…בְּכ֥וֹר 1 All the firstborn … the firstborn of Pharaoh … the firstborn of the slave girl … the firstborn of the cattle The “firstborn” always refers to the oldest male offspring. -EXO 11 5 k42h figs-merism מִ⁠בְּכ֤וֹר פַּרְעֹה֙ הַ⁠יֹּשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ עַ֚ד בְּכ֣וֹר הַ⁠שִּׁפְחָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר אַחַ֣ר הָ⁠רֵחָ֑יִם וְ⁠כֹ֖ל בְּכ֥וֹר בְּהֵמָֽה 1 who sits on his throne This is a merism. First, two extremes are mentioned: the highest of society (**Pharaoh, who sits on his throne**) and the lowest (**the slave girl who is behind the mill**). Then the animals (**beasts**) are added making it a three- item list of parts of society and even economy to show the totality of the coming judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +EXO 11 5 k42h figs-merism מִ⁠בְּכ֤וֹר פַּרְעֹה֙ הַ⁠יֹּשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ עַ֚ד בְּכ֣וֹר הַ⁠שִּׁפְחָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר אַחַ֣ר הָ⁠רֵחָ֑יִם וְ⁠כֹ֖ל בְּכ֥וֹר בְּהֵמָֽה 1 who sits on his throne This is a merism. First, two extremes are mentioned: the highest of society (**Pharaoh, who sits on his throne**) and the lowest (**the slave girl who is behind the mill**). Then the animals (**beasts**) are added making it a three-item list of parts of society and even economy to show the totality of the coming judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 11 5 hr1x אֲשֶׁ֖ר אַחַ֣ר הָ⁠רֵחָ֑יִם 1 who is behind the handmill grinding it Alternate translation: “who is grinding at the handmill” or “who is behind the handmill grinding grain” EXO 11 6 hui7 figs-merism אֲשֶׁ֤ר כָּמֹ֨⁠הוּ֙ לֹ֣א נִהְיָ֔תָה וְ⁠כָמֹ֖⁠הוּ לֹ֥א תֹסִֽף 1 This is a merism that uses the extremes of past and future to emphasize the concept of “never.” Alternate translation: “such as has never been and never will be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 11 7 b60a figs-idiom לֹ֤א יֶֽחֱרַץ…לְשֹׁנ֔⁠וֹ 1 This means to make an unfriendly noise. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “will not growl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -1001,7 +1001,7 @@ EXO 11 8 milu figs-idiom בָּ⁠חֳרִי־אָֽף 1 This is an idiom meani EXO 11 9 xk4l figs-quotemarks לֹא־יִשְׁמַ֥ע אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם פַּרְעֹ֑ה לְמַ֛עַן רְב֥וֹת מוֹפְתַ֖⁠י בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 11 10 h5g7 writing-endofstory וּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֗ן עָשׂ֛וּ אֶת־כָּל־הַ⁠מֹּפְתִ֥ים הָ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה וְ⁠לֹֽא־שִׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 This verse is summarizing and wrapping up the story of the plagues. If your language has a way of summarizing information at the end of a story, try to translate this verse (and possibly verse 9 - see the introductory notes to this chapter) in this way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) EXO 11 10 um4u figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 12 intro fd2f 0 # Exodus 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The events of this chapter are known as the Passover. They are remembered in the celebration of Passover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
1. Instruction v. 1-28
* v. 1-20: Yahweh gives instructions
* v. 1-11: how to eat this Passover
* v. 12-13: description of the plague
* v. 14-20: directions for future celebration of Passover
* v. 21-28: Moses repeats Yahweh’s instructions to Israelites
2. Narrative v. 29-42: Passover and Exodus
3. Instruction v. 43-49: which foreigners may eat Passover
4. Summary Narrative v. 50-51

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Unleavened bread

The concept of unleavened bread is introduced in this chapter. Its significance stems from its connection to the events in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/unleavenedbread]])

### Ethnic segregation

The Hebrew people were to be separate from the rest of the world. Because of this, they separated themselves from other people groups. At this time, these foreigners were looked upon as unholy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])


## Potential translation issues:

### Passover


### Pronoun usage

In the long quotation (verses 3-20) that Yahweh tells Moses and Aaron to convey to the Israelites, he speaks of them in the third person (“they must”) in [verses 3](../12/03.md)–4 and [verses 7](../12/07.md)–8 and to them in the second person (“you must”) for all the rest of the instruction. Some languages may need to keep the pronoun person consistent throughout the quotation.


### You plural

In this chapter, almost every occurrence of “you” or “your” is plural. Each one refers to all the Israelites. Those that are not will be marked. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form throughout unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) +EXO 12 intro fd2f 0 # Exodus 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThe events of this chapter are known as the Passover. They are remembered in the celebration of Passover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n1. Instruction v. 1-28\n * v. 1-20: Yahweh gives instructions\n * v. 1-11: how to eat this Passover\n * v. 12-13: description of the plague\n * v. 14-20: directions for future celebration of Passover\n * v. 21-28: Moses repeats Yahweh’s instructions to Israelites\n2. Narrative v. 29-42: Passover and Exodus\n3. Instruction v. 43-49: which foreigners may eat Passover\n4. Summary Narrative v. 50-51\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Unleavened bread\n\nThe concept of unleavened bread is introduced in this chapter. Its significance stems from its connection to the events in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/unleavenedbread]])\n\n### Ethnic segregation\n\nThe Hebrew people were to be separate from the rest of the world. Because of this, they separated themselves from other people groups. At this time, these foreigners were looked upon as unholy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n\n## Potential Translation Issues:\n\n### Passover\n\n\n### Pronoun usage\n\nIn the long quotation (verses 3-20) that Yahweh tells Moses and Aaron to convey to the Israelites, he speaks of them in the third person (“they must”) in [verses 3](../12/03.md)–4 and [verses 7](../12/07.md)–8 and to them in the second person (“you must”) for all the rest of the instruction. Some languages may need to keep the pronoun person consistent throughout the quotation.\n\n\n### You plural\n\nIn this chapter, almost every occurrence of “you” or “your” is plural. Each one refers to all the Israelites. Those that are not will be marked. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form throughout unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 12 2 z785 figs-quotemarks הַ⁠חֹ֧דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם רֹ֣אשׁ חֳדָשִׁ֑ים 1 For you, this month will be the start of months, the first month of the year to you The start of this verse is the beginning of a direct quote which continues until the end of [verse 20](../12/20.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EXO 12 2 gtgb figs-parallelism הַ⁠חֹ֧דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם רֹ֣אשׁ חֳדָשִׁ֑ים רִאשׁ֥וֹן הוּא֙ לָ⁠כֶ֔ם לְ⁠חָדְשֵׁ֖י הַ⁠שָּׁנָֽה 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the month in which the events of this chapter take place will be the beginning of their calendar year. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 12 2 uy4w translate-hebrewmonths רִאשׁ֥וֹן הוּא֙ לָ⁠כֶ֔ם לְ⁠חָדְשֵׁ֖י הַ⁠שָּׁנָֽה 1 the first month of the year The first month of the Hebrew calendar includes the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. It marks when Yahweh rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) @@ -1009,43 +1009,43 @@ EXO 12 3 lv6s figs-youdual דַּבְּר֗וּ 1 The command here is to both M EXO 12 3 nu6r figs-quotemarks לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר בֶּ⁠עָשֹׂ֖ר 1 After **saying**, a second level direct quotation begins which continues until the end of [verse 20](../12/20.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. **Saying** is used to mark the beginning of a quote. Many times it can be omitted in translation if the target language does not use a similar structure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 12 3 jjw0 וְ⁠יִקְח֣וּ לָ⁠הֶ֗ם אִ֛ישׁ שֶׂ֥ה לְ⁠בֵית־אָבֹ֖ת שֶׂ֥ה לַ⁠בָּֽיִת 1 This seems to be indicating that if multiple families live in one house, the man who is the leader of the family group that lives there should take one lamb for that whole household. Alternate translation: “the father of each household must take a lamb for his household, one per household” EXO 12 3 d1f5 שֶׂ֥ה לַ⁠בָּֽיִת 1 Alternate translation: “one lamb per house” -EXO 12 3 qzct שֶׂ֥ה…שֶׂ֥ה 1 This word literally means, “of the flock,” and could also be translated as a sheep or a goat. Here, the ULT uses **lamb** (a young sheep), because [verse 5](../12/05.md) specifies that it must be one year old. “Kid” (a young goat) would be equally valid as verse 5 also says that it could be either a sheep or a goat. You may translate it as whatever would be most familiar of sheep or goat—preferably a word that means a young sheep or goat. +EXO 12 3 qzct שֶׂ֥ה…שֶׂ֥ה 1 The word **lamb** literally means “of the flock,” and it could also be translated as a sheep or a goat. Here, the ULT uses **lamb** (a young sheep), because [verse 5](../12/05.md) specifies that it must be one year old. “Kid” (a young goat) would be equally valid as verse 5 also says that it could be either a sheep or a goat. You may translate it as either sheep or goat, whichever would be most familiar. EXO 12 4 xzn3 figs-explicit וְ⁠אִם־יִמְעַ֣ט הַ⁠בַּיִת֮ מִ⁠הְיֹ֣ת מִ⁠שֶּׂה֒ 1 If the household is too small for a lamb This means that there are not enough people in the family to eat an entire lamb. Alternate translation: “If there are not enough people in the household to eat an entire lamb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 12 4 o258 וּ⁠שְׁכֵנ֛⁠וֹ הַ⁠קָּרֹ֥ב אֶל־בֵּית֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠מִכְסַ֣ת נְפָשֹׁ֑ת 1 This phrase could either mean simply a neighbor that lives nearby or it could refer to a family of similar size, or of the right size to split a lamb with. +EXO 12 4 o258 וּ⁠שְׁכֵנ֛⁠וֹ הַ⁠קָּרֹ֥ב אֶל־בֵּית֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠מִכְסַ֣ת נְפָשֹׁ֑ת 1 This phrase could either mean simply a neighbor that lives nearby or it could refer to a family of similar size or of the right size to split a lamb with. EXO 12 4 fu2g figs-gendernotations אִ֚ישׁ 1 the man and his next door neighbor This refers to each person, whether man, woman, or child. Alternate translation: “each family member” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) EXO 12 6 lz76 בֵּ֥ין הָ⁠עַרְבָּֽיִם 1 twilight This refers to the time of evening after the sun has set but while there is still some light. EXO 12 7 cjt7 עַל־שְׁתֵּ֥י הַ⁠מְּזוּזֹ֖ת וְ⁠עַל־הַ⁠מַּשְׁק֑וֹף עַ֚ל הַ⁠בָּ֣תִּ֔ים 1 on the two side doorposts and on the tops of the doorframes of the houses Alternate translation: “on the sides and top of the way into the house” EXO 12 8 uxn6 מְרֹרִ֖ים 1 bitter herbs These are small plants that have a strong and usually bad taste. EXO 12 9 ny3a אַל־תֹּאכְל֤וּ מִמֶּ֨⁠נּוּ֙ נָ֔א 1 Do not eat it raw Alternate translation: “Do not eat the lamb or goat uncooked” -EXO 12 11 ks7d חֲגֻרִ֔ים 1 belt **Belts** are strips of leather or fabric for tying around the waist. +EXO 12 11 ks7d חֲגֻרִ֔ים 1 belt Here, **belts** are strips of leather or fabric for tying around the waist. EXO 12 11 nzw2 וַ⁠אֲכַלְתֶּ֤ם אֹת⁠וֹ֙ בְּ⁠חִפָּז֔וֹן 1 eat it hurriedly Alternate translation: “And you must eat it quickly” -EXO 12 11 r789 figs-explicit פֶּ֥סַח ה֖וּא לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 It is Yahweh’s Passover Here the word **it** refers to eating the animal on the tenth day of the month. Alternate translation: “This observance is Yahweh’s Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 12 12 sa5n figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־אֱלֹהֵ֥י מִצְרַ֛יִם אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֥ה שְׁפָטִ֖ים 1 I will bring punishment on all the gods of Egypt This can be stated with a verbal form as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 12 13 tywz figs-abstractnouns לְ⁠מַשְׁחִ֔ית 1 This can be stated with a verbal form as in the UST. Alternate translation: “to destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +EXO 12 11 r789 figs-explicit פֶּ֥סַח ה֖וּא לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 It is Yahweh’s Passover Here the word **It** refers to eating the animal on the tenth day of the month. Alternate translation: “This observance is Yahweh’s Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 12 12 sa5n figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־אֱלֹהֵ֥י מִצְרַ֛יִם אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֥ה שְׁפָטִ֖ים 1 I will bring punishment on all the gods of Egypt This can be stated with a verbal form, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +EXO 12 13 tywz figs-abstractnouns לְ⁠מַשְׁחִ֔ית 1 This can be stated with a verbal form, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “to destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 12 13 bnoe figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִֽהְיֶ֨ה בָ⁠כֶ֥ם נֶ֨גֶף֙ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and I will not put the plague on you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 12 13 ox3l figs-metonymy בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 Yahweh is going to strike the people and animals who live in **the land of Egypt**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “on everything living in the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 12 14 fa9q וְ⁠הָיָה֩ הַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֤ה 1 Verses 14-[20](../12/20.md) are instructions for the Israelites’ future celebration of the Passover. If your language makes a distinction between near and far future events or between near and general commands, you may need to make clear that these verses primarily have a later application. -EXO 12 14 usns translate-hebrewmonths הַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֤ה 1 **This day** means the tenth day of the first month of every year. On this day every year, they must celebrate the Passover. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) +EXO 12 14 usns translate-hebrewmonths הַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֤ה 1 Here, **this day** means the tenth day of the first month of every year. On this day every year, they must celebrate the Passover. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) EXO 12 15 xsb9 אַ֚ךְ 1 Alternate translation: “Surely” or “Indeed” -EXO 12 15 i9n3 figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִוא֙ מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 that person must be cut off from Israel The metaphor **cut off** could mean (1) Alternate translation: “he must be sent away” (2) Alternate translation: “he will no longer be considered to be one of the people of Israel” (3) Alternate translation: “he must be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 12 15 enw3 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִוא֙ מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 As noted in the previous note, the metaphor **cut off** has at least three possible meanings. Who will cut off that person is also not specified, it could be the Israelites or Yahweh. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The following alternate translations express those: (1) “the people of Israel must send him away” or (2) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 12 15 i9n3 figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִוא֙ מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 that person must be cut off from Israel The metaphor **cut off** could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “he must be sent away” (2) Alternate translation: “he will no longer be considered to be one of the people of Israel” (3) Alternate translation: “he must be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 12 15 enw3 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִוא֙ מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 As noted in the previous note, the metaphor **cut off** has at least three possible meanings. By whom that person will be cut off is not specified; it could be the Israelites or Yahweh. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The following alternate translations express those: (1) “the people of Israel must send him away” or (2) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 12 15 eqzu grammar-collectivenouns מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 **Israel** is a collective noun referring to the nation or people group. Alternate translation: “from the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 12 16 bzj6 figs-activepassive וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֤וֹם הָ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙ מִקְרָא־קֹ֔דֶשׁ וּ⁠בַ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י מִקְרָא־קֹ֖דֶשׁ יִהְיֶ֣ה לָ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 an assembly that is set apart to me If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And on the first day and on the seventh day, you shall have an assembly of holiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 12 16 o3oh translate-ordinal וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֤וֹם הָ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙…וּ⁠בַ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 **First** and **seventh** are ordinal numbers. Alternate translation: “And on day one of the month … and on day seven of the month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 12 16 l7pj figs-activepassive כָּל־מְלָאכָה֙ לֹא־יֵעָשֶׂ֣ה בָ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 No work will be done on these days If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will do no work on these days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 12 16 qr65 figs-activepassive ה֥וּא לְ⁠בַדּ֖⁠וֹ יֵעָשֶׂ֥ה לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 That must be the only work that may be done by you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that must be the only work that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 12 16 qr65 figs-activepassive ה֥וּא לְ⁠בַדּ֖⁠וֹ יֵעָשֶׂ֥ה לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 That must be the only work that may be done by you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which must be the only work that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 12 17 r3qj translate-unknown צִבְאוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 armed group by armed group The term **hosts** refers to a large group of people, often organized into groups for war. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “your groups” or “your divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 12 18 v7g9 translate-ordinal בָּ⁠רִאשֹׁ֡ן בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֤וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙…עַ֠ד י֣וֹם הָ⁠אֶחָ֧ד וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֛ים לַ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ 1 **First**, **fourteenth**, and **twenty-first** are ordinal numbers. Alternate translation: “In month one, on day fourteen … until day twenty-one of the month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 12 18 l57q translate-ordinal בָּ⁠רִאשֹׁ֡ן בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֤וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙…עַ֠ד י֣וֹם הָ⁠אֶחָ֧ד וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֛ים לַ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ 1 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 12 18 m475 translate-hebrewmonths בָּ⁠רִאשֹׁ֡ן בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֤וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ 1 the fourteenth day in the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. The fourteenth day is near the beginning of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) EXO 12 18 uss3 translate-hebrewmonths י֣וֹם הָ⁠אֶחָ֧ד וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֛ים לַ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ 1 the twenty-first day of the month This is near the middle of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) -EXO 12 19 aej1 figs-activepassive שְׂאֹ֕ר לֹ֥א יִמָּצֵ֖א בְּ⁠בָתֵּי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 no yeast must be found in your houses If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Note that the UST is much more accurate to the meaning here as the alternate translation in this note could suggest to someone that you must simply hide the yeast very well. Alternate translation: “Yahweh must not find any yeast in your houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 12 19 aej1 figs-activepassive שְׂאֹ֕ר לֹ֥א יִמָּצֵ֖א בְּ⁠בָתֵּי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 no yeast must be found in your houses If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Note that the UST more accurately conveys the meaning here, as the alternate translation in this note could be understood to mean that you must simply hide the yeast very well. Alternate translation: “Yahweh must not find any yeast in your houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 12 19 vy72 figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִוא֙ מֵ⁠עֲדַ֣ת יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 must be cut off from the community of Israel See how you translated the metaphor **cut off** in [Exodus 12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 12 19 cwvs figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִוא֙ מֵ⁠עֲדַ֣ת יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 See how you translated **cut off** in [Exodus 12:15](../12/15.md). EXO 12 20 dj1c figs-quotemarks מַצּֽוֹת 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh’s commands to Moses and Aaron for the Israelites ends (two levels). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing second-level and first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 12 21 y9qt writing-newevent 0 summoned A new scene begins at this verse, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 12 21 exy0 figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [12:27](../12/27.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-EXO 12 22 qwv1 translate-unknown אֲגֻדַּ֣ת אֵז֗וֹב 1 hyssop **Hyssop** is a woody plant with small leaves that can be used for sprinkling liquids. If this plant is unknown, you can use a descriptor phrase. Alternate translation: “part of a plant with small branches and many leaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 12 22 qwv1 translate-unknown אֲגֻדַּ֣ת אֵז֗וֹב 1 hyssop **Hyssop** is a woody plant with small leaves that can be used for sprinkling liquids by dipping the leaves in the liquid and then shaking them or brushing them over the target. If this plant is unknown, you can use a descriptor phrase. Alternate translation: “part of a plant with small branches and many leaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 12 22 c1cf אֶל־הַ⁠מַּשְׁקוֹף֙ וְ⁠אֶל־שְׁתֵּ֣י הַ⁠מְּזוּזֹ֔ת 1 the top of the doorframe and the two doorposts Alternate translation: “on the sides and top of the way into the house.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:7](../12/07.md). EXO 12 22 vdlj figs-gendernotations לֹ֥א…אִ֥ישׁ 1 Here, **man** includes women and children. Alternate translation: “no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) EXO 12 23 uu61 figs-synecdoche וּ⁠פָסַ֤ח יְהוָה֙ עַל־הַ⁠פֶּ֔תַח 1 pass over your door Here the word **door** implies the entire house. This means that God will spare the Israelites in houses with blood on the door frames. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will pass over the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -1053,8 +1053,8 @@ EXO 12 23 onpu עַל־הַ⁠מַּשְׁק֔וֹף וְ⁠עַ֖ל שְׁתּ EXO 12 24 v7z5 הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 this event These words refer to the Passover or Festival of Unleavened Bread. Observing the Passover was an act of worshiping Yahweh. EXO 12 24 bzm0 figs-youcrowd לְ⁠ךָ֥ וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **you** and **your** are singular but they refer to the whole nation. You may need to continue to use a plural form of “you,” if your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) EXO 12 24 ch73 figs-gendernotations וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **sons** includes everyone. Alternate translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -EXO 12 25 l8ls הָ⁠עֲבֹדָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּֽאת 1 this act of worship These words refer to the Passover or Festival of Unleavened Bread. Observing the Passover was an act of worshiping Yahweh. -EXO 12 26 hbh4 figs-gendernotations בְּנֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 This refers to all children, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +EXO 12 25 l8ls הָ⁠עֲבֹדָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּֽאת 1 this act of worship Here, **this service** refers to the Passover or Festival of Unleavened Bread. Observing the Passover was an act of worshiping Yahweh. +EXO 12 26 hbh4 figs-gendernotations בְּנֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 Here, **your sons** refers to all children, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) EXO 12 26 odj0 figs-quotesinquotes אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם…מָ֛ה הָ⁠עֲבֹדָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 After **you**, a second-level quotation begins. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation.
However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “to you what this ritual means to you,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 12 27 qft1 figs-quotemarks זֶֽבַח־פֶּ֨סַח ה֜וּא לַֽ⁠יהוָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר פָּ֠סַח עַל־בָּתֵּ֤י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם בְּ⁠נָגְפּ֥⁠וֹ אֶת־מִצְרַ֖יִם וְ⁠אֶת־בָּתֵּ֣י⁠נוּ הִצִּ֑יל 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 12 27 t779 figs-explicit וְ⁠אֶת־בָּתֵּ֣י⁠נוּ הִצִּ֑יל 1 He set our households free This means that Yahweh spared the Israelites’ firstborn sons. Alternate translation: “He did not kill the firstborn sons in our houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1217,7 +1217,7 @@ EXO 14 30 e2lf figs-metonymy מִ⁠יַּ֣ד מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 out of the EXO 14 30 p5zw עַל־שְׂפַ֥ת הַ⁠יָּֽם 1 on the seashore Alternate translation: “on the land along the edge of the sea” EXO 14 31 o1oc grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 on the seashore This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 14 31 np6s figs-metonymy אֶת־הַ⁠יָּ֣ד הַ⁠גְּדֹלָ֗ה 1 on the seashore Here, **hand** refers to power. Alternate translation: “the great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 15 intro ni4b 0 # Exodus 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Verses 1b-18 and 21b of chapter 15 verses are poetry. They are a song of praise to Yahweh because he defeated and destroyed the Egyptian army ([Exodus 14:26-28](../14/26.md).). Translating poetry should be done by someone who is a skilled poet in the target language. Because the forms of poetry are so different in different languages, a translation that is good poetry in the target language may seem very different from the original poem. The structure may look quite different. The poet will be well served by looking at the entire poem from multiple perspectives. He will need to know the meaning of the poem, the themes and discourse structure of the poem, and the feelings that the poem is supposed to create in the reader at each point (UST, tNotes). He will need to understand how that was accomplished by the original form and structure (ULT). Then he will need to compose the translated poem using forms and structures that have the same or similar meaning, themes, discourse elements, and feelings.

### Structure

This song follows a basic AB structure which is given to us in verse 1b-c and 21b-c:

* A - praise to Yahweh - he is magnificent (expressed in various words)
* B - because he defeats our enemies

The song can be divided into three major sections, each of which is patterned as: AB(a)b. Each section starts with an AB portion which is characterized by fewer verbs (or participles, how to express) (especially the A portion). The section then elaborates on each. Note that there are other possible analyses of the structure of the poem.

Here is an outline of the structure according to this model:

* Section 1 (see alternate breakdown below):
* 1b: A “Let me sing to Yahweh, for he has triumphantly triumphed;”
* 1c: B “the horse and the one riding it he threw into the sea.”
* 2-3: a
* 4-5: b
* Section 2:
* 6a: A
* 6b: B
* 7a: a “And in the abundance of your majesty”
* 7a-10: b “you overthrow those who rise up against you … ”
* Section 3:
* 11: A
* 12: B
* 13a: a (possibly) “In your covenant loyalty”
* 13a-17: b
* 18: finale

Alternate breakdown of section 1: it is possible to view 1b-c as the introduction and divide verse 2 such that:

* 2a: A “Yah is my strength and my song”
* 2b: B “and he has become my salvation”
* 2c-3: a
* 4-5: b

### Themes:

There are several images and themes that are throughout the song as well as some that are throughout an individual section.

* “High” versus “low”: Yahweh is high, while his enemies are low.
* The following words are all related to the idea of being high or rising up: **triumph** ([v1](../15/01.md)), **exalt** ([v2](../15/02.md)), **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v11](../15/11.md)), **majesty** ([v7](../15/07.md)), and **the mountain of** \[Yahweh’s\] **possession** ([v17](../15/17.md)). In the last case Yahweh’s people are brought to a high place with him.
* In contrast, his enemies are low. Note in [verse 7](../15/07.md), Yahweh overthrows those who **rise up against** \[him\]. Ideas of being low are as follows: **sank** ([v4](../15/04.md), [v10](../15/19.md)), **deeps** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **descended into the depths** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **melted away** ([v15](../15/15.md)), and **fall on them** ([v16](../15/16.md)).
* The strength of Yahweh in [verses 2](../15/02.md), [6](../15/06.md), and [13](../15/13.md).
* The effectiveness of Yahweh’s hand versus the enemy’s hand. Yahweh’s hand (and arm) is effective in [verses 6](../15/06.md), [12](../15/12.md), [16](../15/16.md), and [17](../15/17.md) but the enemy’s hand is ineffective despite his boasting in [verse 9](../15/09.md).
* There is parallel imagery near the end of each section. The enemy is compared three times by simile to a heavy, inert object. In [verses 5](../15/05.md) and [16](../15/16.md) that is a **stone**, in [verse 10](../15/10.md) that is **lead**.
* More parallel imagery occurs at the end of sections one ([v5](../15/05.md)) and two ([v10](../15/10.md)): that of the enemy sinking in the water and being covered by it.
* In sections two and three the water ([v8](../15/08.md)) and the other peoples ([v16](../15/16.md)) are made still by Yahweh.
* Section two begins and ends with **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v10](../15/10.md)) and that word is picked up in the beginning of section three ([v11](../15/11.md)).
* In section two ([v9](../15/09.md)), the enemies seek to **dispossess** (or disinherit) the Israelites; in section three ([v16](../15/16.md)), the Israelites come to live in the land of Yahweh’s **possession** (or inheritance).
* In [verse 11](../15/11.md), three themes for the third section are introduced. These are each expanded on in that section.
* **Holiness** occurs again in [verses 13](../15/13.md) and [16](../15/16.md)
* **Fear** is vividly described in [verses 14-16](../15/14.md) (shake, terror, panic, trembling, melted away, dread)
* Yahweh **does miracles** to protect and build a home for his people
* [Verses 14](../15/14.md)-16a are a chiasm, a complex parallel structure where concepts are repeated in reverse order:
* A: 14a: peoples (nations) *become* afraid
* B: 14b: *inhabitants* of Philistia are afraid
* C: 15a: *rulers* of Edom are afraid
* C’: 15b: *rulers* of Moab are afraid
* B’: 15c: *inhabitants* of Canaan are afraid
* A’: 16a: people *become* afraid
* In section three, there is another parallel structure:
* [v13](../15/13.md): you led this people => [v16](../15/16.md): your people pass by
* v13: this people you redeemed => v16: this people you acquired (or purchased or ransomed)
* v13: you led them to the home => [v17](../15/17.md): you will bring them … \[to\] the place … you made
* v13: of your holiness => v17: the holy place

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The Israelite’s discontent

In [verse 24](../15/24.md) the word **murmur** is introduced for the first time. This is a very strong term for “grumble” or “complain” that is used to describe the Israelites’ attitude throughout their time in the wilderness. It occurs several times in Exodus and Numbers.

### Yahweh’s laws

In verses [24-26](../15/24.md), there is an introductory revelation of the requirement that Israel keep the covenant by obeying the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]]) +EXO 15 intro ni4b 0 # Exodus 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Verses 1b-18 and 21b of chapter 15 verses are poetry. They are a song of praise to Yahweh because he defeated and destroyed the Egyptian army ([Exodus 14:26-28](../14/26.md).). Translating poetry should be done by someone who is a skilled poet in the target language. Because the forms of poetry are so different in different languages, a translation that is good poetry in the target language may seem very different from the original poem. The structure may look quite different. The poet will be well served by looking at the entire poem from multiple perspectives. He will need to know the meaning of the poem, the themes and discourse structure of the poem, and the feelings that the poem is supposed to create in the reader at each point (UST, tNotes). He will need to understand how that was accomplished by the original form and structure (ULT). Then he will need to compose the translated poem using forms and structures that have the same or similar meaning, themes, discourse elements, and feelings.

### Structure

This song follows a basic AB structure which is given to us in verse 1b-c and 21b-c:

* A - praise to Yahweh - he is magnificent (expressed in various words)
* B - because he defeats our enemies

The song can be divided into three major sections, each of which is patterned as: AB(a)b. Each section starts with an AB portion which is characterized by fewer verbs (or participles, how to express) (especially the A portion). The section then elaborates on each. Note that there are other possible analyses of the structure of the poem.

Here is an outline of the structure according to this model:

* Section 1 (see alternate breakdown below):
* 1b: A “Let me sing to Yahweh, for he has triumphantly triumphed;”
* 1c: B “the horse and the one riding it he threw into the sea.”
* 2-3: a
* 4-5: b
* Section 2:
* 6a: A
* 6b: B
* 7a: a “And in the abundance of your majesty”
* 7a-10: b “you overthrow those who rise up against you … ”
* Section 3:
* 11: A
* 12: B
* 13a: a (possibly) “In your covenant loyalty”
* 13a-17: b
* 18: finale

Alternate breakdown of section 1: it is possible to view 1b-c as the introduction and divide verse 2 such that:

* 2a: A “Yah is my strength and my song”
* 2b: B “and he has become my salvation”
* 2c-3: a
* 4-5: b

### Themes:

There are several images and themes that are throughout the song as well as some that are throughout an individual section.

* “High” versus “low”: Yahweh is high, while his enemies are low.
* The following words are all related to the idea of being high or rising up: **triumph** ([v1](../15/01.md)), **exalt** ([v2](../15/02.md)), **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v11](../15/11.md)), **majesty** ([v7](../15/07.md)), and **the mountain of** \\[Yahweh’s\\] **possession** ([v17](../15/17.md)). In the last case Yahweh’s people are brought to a high place with him.
* In contrast, his enemies are low. Note in [verse 7](../15/07.md), Yahweh overthrows those who **rise up against** \\[him\\]. Ideas of being low are as follows: **sank** ([v4](../15/04.md), [v10](../15/19.md)), **deeps** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **descended into the depths** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **melted away** ([v15](../15/15.md)), and **fall on them** ([v16](../15/16.md)).
* The strength of Yahweh in [verses 2](../15/02.md), [6](../15/06.md), and [13](../15/13.md).
* The effectiveness of Yahweh’s hand versus the enemy’s hand. Yahweh’s hand (and arm) is effective in [verses 6](../15/06.md), [12](../15/12.md), [16](../15/16.md), and [17](../15/17.md) but the enemy’s hand is ineffective despite his boasting in [verse 9](../15/09.md).
* There is parallel imagery near the end of each section. The enemy is compared three times by simile to a heavy, inert object. In [verses 5](../15/05.md) and [16](../15/16.md) that is a **stone**, in [verse 10](../15/10.md) that is **lead**.
* More parallel imagery occurs at the end of sections one ([v5](../15/05.md)) and two ([v10](../15/10.md)): that of the enemy sinking in the water and being covered by it.
* In sections two and three the water ([v8](../15/08.md)) and the other peoples ([v16](../15/16.md)) are made still by Yahweh.
* Section two begins and ends with **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v10](../15/10.md)) and that word is picked up in the beginning of section three ([v11](../15/11.md)).
* In section two ([v9](../15/09.md)), the enemies seek to **dispossess** (or disinherit) the Israelites; in section three ([v16](../15/16.md)), the Israelites come to live in the land of Yahweh’s **possession** (or inheritance).
* In [verse 11](../15/11.md), three themes for the third section are introduced. These are each expanded on in that section.
* **Holiness** occurs again in [verses 13](../15/13.md) and [16](../15/16.md)
* **Fear** is vividly described in [verses 14-16](../15/14.md) (shake, terror, panic, trembling, melted away, dread)
* Yahweh **does miracles** to protect and build a home for his people
* [Verses 14](../15/14.md)-16a are a chiasm, a complex parallel structure where concepts are repeated in reverse order:
* A: 14a: peoples (nations) *become* afraid
* B: 14b: *inhabitants* of Philistia are afraid
* C: 15a: *rulers* of Edom are afraid
* C’: 15b: *rulers* of Moab are afraid
* B’: 15c: *inhabitants* of Canaan are afraid
* A’: 16a: people *become* afraid
* In section three, there is another parallel structure:
* [v13](../15/13.md): you led this people => [v16](../15/16.md): your people pass by
* v13: this people you redeemed => v16: this people you acquired (or purchased or ransomed)
* v13: you led them to the home => [v17](../15/17.md): you will bring them … \\[to\\] the place … you made
* v13: of your holiness => v17: the holy place

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The Israelite’s discontent

In [verse 24](../15/24.md) the word **murmur** is introduced for the first time. This is a very strong term for “grumble” or “complain” that is used to describe the Israelites’ attitude throughout their time in the wilderness. It occurs several times in Exodus and Numbers.

### Yahweh’s laws

In verses [24-26](../15/24.md), there is an introductory revelation of the requirement that Israel keep the covenant by obeying the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]]) EXO 15 1 kw29 figs-explicit גָאֹ֣ה גָּאָ֔ה 1 he has triumphed gloriously It can be stated explicitly over whom Yahweh triumphed. Alternate translation: “he has achieved a glorious victory over the army of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 15 1 bpyj גָאֹ֣ה גָּאָ֔ה 1 he has triumphed gloriously Alternate translation: “he is highly exalted” or “he is extremely high” or “he is exaltedly exalted” EXO 15 1 f6ue figs-metaphor ס֥וּס וְ⁠רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ רָמָ֥ה בַ⁠יָּֽם 1 the horse and its rider he has thrown into the sea Moses sang about God causing the sea to cover and drown the horse and rider as if God had thrown them **into the sea**. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he has made the horse and rider drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) diff --git a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv index 4a1c3fbd94..95e9dd0ebc 100644 --- a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv @@ -37,14 +37,12 @@ LEV 2 1 tf2u סֹ֖לֶת 1 fine flour Here, **flour** refers to a powder made LEV 2 2 v2q7 וְ⁠קָמַ֨ץ מִ⁠שָּׁ֜ם מְלֹ֣א קֻמְצ֗⁠וֹ 1 and take out from it his handful A **handful** is the amount that a person can hold in the palm of their hand. Alternate translation: “and take out what he can hold in his hand” LEV 2 2 e7ss אֶת־ אַזְכָּרָתָ⁠הּ֙ 1 its memorial portion The **memorial portion** of the grain offering represents the whole grain offering. This means the whole offering belongs to Yahweh. LEV 2 2 bh7g figs-metaphor רֵ֥יחַ נִיחֹ֖חַ לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 a sweet aroma to Yahweh **Yahweh** being pleased with the sincere worshiper who offered the sacrifice is spoken of as if God were pleased with the **aroma** of the sacrifice. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 2 4 a5pn 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people and priests must do so their offerings will be acceptable to him. LEV 2 4 bmg7 figs-activepassive מַאֲפֵ֣ה תַנּ֑וּר 1 that is baked in an oven If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you baked in an oven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 2 4 rvs7 translate-unknown תַנּ֑וּר 1 oven This **oven** was probably a hollow object made of clay. A fire was lit under the oven, and the heat would bake the dough inside of the oven. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) LEV 2 4 lrk7 figs-ellipsis סֹ֣לֶת 1 soft bread of fine flour It is understood that the soft bread contained no yeast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) LEV 2 4 ae7y figs-explicit מְשֻׁחִ֥ים בַּ⁠שָּֽׁמֶן 1 spread with oil Translate this phrase to indicate that the **oil** is to be spread onto the bread. Alternate translation: “with oil on the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LEV 2 5 t6jn figs-activepassive וְ⁠אִם־ מִנְחָ֥ה עַל־ הַֽ⁠מַּחֲבַ֖ת קָרְבָּנֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 And if your offering is a grain offering made on the griddle If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If you bake your grain offering in a flat iron pan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 2 5 qg9n translate-unknown הַֽ⁠מַּחֲבַ֖ת 1 the griddle This **griddle** was a thick plate made of either clay or metal. The plate was placed over a fire, and the dough cooked on top of the plate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -LEV 2 6 sc9u 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do so their offerings will be acceptable to him. LEV 2 6 bq8a פָּת֤וֹת אֹתָ⁠הּ֙ 1 You are to divide it Here **it** refers to the grain offering cooked on a griddle. LEV 2 7 b7fj figs-activepassive וְ⁠אִם־ מִנְחַ֥ת מַרְחֶ֖שֶׁת קָרְבָּנֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 And if your offering is a grain offering cooked in a pan If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If you cook your grain offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 2 7 l1pm translate-unknown מַרְחֶ֖שֶׁת 1 in a pan A **pan** is a metal plate with rounded edges. The dough was placed in the pan and cooked over a fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) @@ -405,108 +403,80 @@ LEV 10 18 yy2n figs-activepassive לֹא־ הוּבָ֣א אֶת־ דָּמָ֔ LEV 10 19 jkx5 וַ⁠תִּקְרֶ֥אנָה אֹתִ֖⁠י כָּ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה 1 and such things as these have happened to me Aaron is referring to the death of his two sons. LEV 10 19 yzv9 figs-rquestion וְ⁠אָכַ֤לְתִּי חַטָּאת֙ הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם הַ⁠יִּיטַ֖ב בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 If I had eaten the sin offering today, would it have been pleasing in the eyes of Yahweh? These sacrifices were to be eaten with joy and happiness. Aaron uses a question to emphasize that Yahweh would not be pleased for him to eat the sacrifices since he is sad because of his sons’ deaths. This question may be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Certainly, Yahweh would not have been pleased if I had eaten the sin offering today.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) LEV 11 intro i427 0 # Leviticus 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

## Special concepts in this chapter


### Laws about food

This chapter contains a list of the animals the Israelites were not allowed to eat. Further research may be needed to determine the exact location of different parts of an animal. Many of these foods are not consumed to this day because they cause diseases, but it is unclear why the other foods are prohibited.

Eating unclean foods made a person unclean. The process of consuming these types of foods spread the uncleanliness to a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) -LEV 11 2 sc39 1 among all the animals Alternate translation: “out of all the animals” -LEV 11 3 m3yh 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron what he permits the people to eat and what he forbids them to eat. -LEV 11 3 yce6 1 split hoof This means a hoof that is split into two parts instead of being one whole. -LEV 11 3 f7fg 1 chews the cud This means an animal that brings its food up from its stomach and chews it again. -LEV 11 4 c9gz 1 some animals either chew the cud or have a split hoof That is, they have one or the other, but not both. -LEV 11 4 j7ny figs-metaphor 1 the camel is unclean to you The camel being unfit for the people to eat is spoken of as if it were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 11 5 i1e6 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron what he permits the people to eat and what he forbids them to eat. -LEV 11 5 b1fc translate-unknown 1 rock badger a small animal that lives in rocky places (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -LEV 11 5 c39c figs-metaphor 1 unclean to you These animals which God declared to be unfit for the people to eat are spoken of as if they were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 11 6 a11v 1 rabbit a small animal with long ears that usually lives in holes in the ground -LEV 11 8 jw4q 1 nor touch their carcasses Alternate translation: “nor touch their dead bodies” -LEV 11 9 udy5 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron what he permits the people to eat and what he forbids them to eat. -LEV 11 9 j4k9 1 fins the thin, flat part that the fish uses to move through the water -LEV 11 9 l6nh 1 scales the small plates that cover the body of the fish -LEV 11 10 kgh4 1 all living creatures that do not have fins and scales in the ocean or rivers Alternate translation: “all creatures that live in the ocean or rivers that do not have fins and scales” -LEV 11 10 l4qg figs-activepassive 1 they must be detested by you Yahweh commands the people to reject and despise eating these creatures. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must detest them” or “you must completely reject them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 11 11 fqk9 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron what he permits the people to eat and what he forbids them to eat. -LEV 11 11 y6ni figs-activepassive 1 Since they must be detested If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Since you must detest them” or “Since you must completely reject them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 11 11 lu6y figs-activepassive 1 their carcasses must be detested If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must detest their dead bodies” or “you must not touch their dead bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 11 12 mag2 figs-activepassive 1 is detestable to you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must detest” or “you must completely reject” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 11 13 swz2 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron what he permits the people to eat and what he forbids them to eat. -LEV 11 13 gs9h translate-unknown 1 vulture These are birds that are either awake at night or feed on rodents and dead animals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -LEV 11 14 x7r3 translate-unknown 1 kite … falcon These are birds that are either awake at night or feed on rodents and dead animals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -LEV 11 15 mm47 translate-unknown 1 raven These are birds that are either awake at night or feed on rodents and dead animals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -LEV 11 16 da3r translate-unknown 1 horned owl … screech owl … seagull … hawk These are birds that are either awake at night or feed on rodents and dead animals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -LEV 11 17 w5sp 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron what he permits the people to eat and what he forbids them to eat. -LEV 11 17 i5zy translate-unknown 1 little owl … great owl … the cormorant These are birds that eat rodents and insects and are awake mainly at night. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -LEV 11 17 kh6g 1 the great owl Alternate translation: “the large owl” -LEV 11 18 thz2 translate-unknown 1 white owl … barn owl … osprey These are birds that eat rodents and insects and are awake mainly at night. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -LEV 11 19 tq7q 1 stork … heron These are birds that feed on rodents and lizards. -LEV 11 19 v489 translate-unknown 1 hoopoe These are birds that eat rodents and insects and are awake mainly at night. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -LEV 11 19 gzj5 1 bat Although not a bird, the bat is included in this list because it has wings and flies. It has a furry body and is awake mainly at night. It eats insects and rodents. -LEV 11 20 x6ih 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron what he permits the people to eat and what he forbids them to eat. +LEV 11 2 sc39 מִ⁠כָּל־ הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֖ה 1 among all the animals Alternate translation: “from any of the animals” +LEV 11 3 yce6 מַפְרֶ֣סֶת פַּרְסָ֗ה 1 one that divides the hoof This means the **hoof** is split into two parts instead of being one whole. +LEV 11 3 f7fg מַעֲלַ֥ת גֵּרָ֖ה 1 one that chews the cud This means an animal that brings its food up from its stomach and **chews** it again. +LEV 11 4 c9gz מִֽ⁠מַּעֲלֵי֙ הַ⁠גֵּרָ֔ה וּ⁠מִ⁠מַּפְרִיסֵ֖י הַ⁠פַּרְסָ֑ה 1 among those that chew the cud or among those that divide the hoof That is, they match one condition or the other, but not both. +LEV 11 4 j7ny figs-metaphor אֶֽת־ הַ֠⁠גָּמָל…טָמֵ֥א ה֖וּא לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 the camel … it is unclean to you The **camel** being unfit for the people to eat is spoken of as if it were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 11 5 b1fc translate-unknown הַ⁠שָּׁפָ֗ן 1 the rock badger A **rock badger** is a small animal that lives in rocky places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +LEV 11 5 c39c figs-metaphor טָמֵ֥א ה֖וּא לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 it is unclean to you The rock badger, which God declared to be unfit for the people to eat, is spoken of as if it were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 11 6 a11v הָ⁠אַרְנֶ֗בֶת 1 the rabbit A **rabbit** is a small animal with long ears that eats plants and usually lives in holes in the ground. +LEV 11 8 jw4q וּ⁠בְ⁠נִבְלָתָ֖⁠ם לֹ֣א תִגָּ֑עוּ 1 and you must not touch their carcasses Alternate translation: “and you must not touch their dead bodies” +LEV 11 9 j4k9 סְנַפִּ֨יר 1 fins The **fins** are the thin, flat parts that the fish uses to move through the water. +LEV 11 9 l6nh וְ⁠קַשְׂקֶ֜שֶׂת 1 and scales The **scales** are the small, bony plates that cover the body of the fish. +LEV 11 13 gs9h translate-unknown הַ⁠פֶּ֔רֶס 1 the vulture A **vulture** is a bird that feeds on dead animals and on rodents and dead animals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +LEV 11 14 x7r3 translate-unknown הַ֨⁠דָּאָ֔ה…הָ⁠אַיָּ֖ה 1 the kite … the falcon A **kite** and **falcon** are birds that are either awake at night or feed on rodents and dead animals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +LEV 11 15 mm47 translate-unknown עֹרֵ֖ב 1 raven A **raven** is a bird that feeds on rodents and dead animals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +LEV 11 16 da3r translate-unknown הַֽ⁠יַּעֲנָ֔ה…הַ⁠תַּחְמָ֖ס…הַ⁠שָּׁ֑חַף…הַ⁠נֵּ֖ץ 1 the ostrich … the owl … the seagull … the hawk These are birds that feed on rodents and dead animals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +LEV 11 17 i5zy translate-unknown הַ⁠כּ֥וֹס…הַ⁠שָּׁלָ֖ךְ…הַ⁠יַּנְשֽׁוּף 1 the little owl … the cormorant … the great owl These are birds that eat rodents and insects. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +LEV 11 18 thz2 translate-unknown הַ⁠תִּנְשֶׁ֥מֶת…הַ⁠קָּאָ֖ת…הָ⁠רָחָֽם 1 the white owl … the pelican … the osprey These are birds that eat fish, rodents, and insects and are awake mainly at night. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +LEV 11 19 tq7q הַ⁠חֲסִידָ֔ה…הָ⁠אֲנָפָ֖ה 1 the stork … the heron The **stork** and **heron** are birds that feed on rodents and lizards. +LEV 11 19 v489 translate-unknown הַ⁠דּוּכִיפַ֖ת 1 the hoopoe The **hoopoe** is a bird that eats rodents and insects and is awake mainly at night. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +LEV 11 19 gzj5 הָ⁠עֲטַלֵּֽף 1 the bat Although not a bird, the **bat** is included in this list because it has wings and flies. It has a furry body and is awake mainly at night. It eats insects and rodents. LEV 11 20 ad7v figs-abstractnouns שֶׁ֥קֶץ ה֖וּא לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 All winged insects that walk on four legs are detestable to you If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **detestable**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “you will hate it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -LEV 11 20 a5q6 figs-idiom 1 insects that walk on four legs Here the phrase “four legs” is an idiom that means to crawl on the ground and sets these insects apart from other flying things, such as birds, that have only two feet. Alternate translation: “insects that crawl on the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -LEV 11 22 dqs7 translate-unknown 1 locust, katydid, cricket, or grasshopper These are small insects that eat plants and can jump. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -LEV 11 23 uc98 1 flying insects that have four feet Alternate translation: “flying insects that have four legs” -LEV 11 24 mn49 0 General Information: Yahweh begins to tell Moses and Aaron which animals the people are to consider unclean. -LEV 11 24 le7c figs-activepassive 1 You will become unclean until evening by these animals if you touch a carcass of one of them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The dead bodies of these animals will make you unclean if you touch any of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 11 24 brn3 figs-metaphor 1 You will become unclean A person who is unacceptable for God’s purposes because he has touched one of these dead animals is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 11 24 n92t 1 these animals This refers to the animals he is about to list in the following verses. -LEV 11 26 c4ed 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron which animals the people are to consider unclean. -LEV 11 26 a8h8 figs-metaphor 1 Every animal … is unclean to you These animals that God declared to be unfit for the people to eat are spoken of as if they were physically dirty. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 11 26 ul4d 1 split hoof This means a hoof that is split into two parts instead of being one whole. See how you translated these in [Leviticus 11:3](../11/03.md). -LEV 11 26 akk4 1 chew the cud This means an animal that brings its food up from its stomach and chews it again. See how you translated these in [Leviticus 11:3](../11/03.md). -LEV 11 26 y9xh figs-metaphor 1 Everyone who touches them will be unclean A person who is unacceptable for God’s purposes because he has touched one of these animals is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 11 27 te6j 1 paws animal feet with claws -LEV 11 27 u5eg 1 until the evening Alternate translation: “until sunset” -LEV 11 29 q7zy 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron which animals the people are to consider unclean. -LEV 11 29 em5c figs-metaphor 1 these are the animals that will be unclean to you These animals that God declared to be unfit for people to touch or eat are spoken of as if they were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 11 29 d6ln translate-unknown 1 weasel a small animal with brown fur that eats birds and small animals (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -LEV 11 29 k1av translate-unknown 1 large lizard These are different kinds of reptiles with four legs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -LEV 11 30 qr8n translate-unknown 1 the gecko, the monitor lizard, the lizard, the skink, and the chameleon These are different kinds of reptiles with four legs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -LEV 11 30 iqq6 1 skink Alternate translation: “sand lizard” -LEV 11 31 iax2 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron which animals the people are to consider unclean. -LEV 11 31 e482 figs-metaphor 1 these are the animals which will be unclean to you These animals that God declared to be unfit for people to touch or eat are spoken of as if they were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 11 31 l2sr figs-metaphor 1 Whoever touches them … will be unclean A person who is unacceptable for God’s purposes because he has touched one of these dead animals is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 11 31 enp4 1 until evening Alternate translation: “until sunset” -LEV 11 32 b5he figs-metaphor 1 that thing will be unclean Something that God has declared to be unfit for people to touch because one of these dead animals has fallen on it is spoken of as if it were physically unclean. It is spoken of as physically clean after it has been washed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 11 32 sxi2 figs-metaphor 1 Then it will be clean Something that God has declared to be fit for people to touch after it has been washed is spoken of as if it were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 11 32 u25t figs-activepassive 1 whatever it is used for, it must be put into water If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “however you use it, you must put it into water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 11 34 uwh4 figs-metaphor 1 unclean Food becomes unacceptable for the people to eat because unclean water has fallen on it is spoken of as if it were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 11 35 tpt7 1 carcasses dead bodies -LEV 11 35 dg8w figs-activepassive 1 must be broken to pieces If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must break it to pieces” or “You must shatter it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 11 36 a715 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron which animals the people are to consider unclean. -LEV 11 36 fcx9 figs-metaphor 1 A spring or cistern … remains clean Water that the people are permitted to drink from a spring or cistern is spoken of as if it were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 11 36 w98a figs-metaphor 1 carcass The dead body of an animal that God has declared to be unfit for the people to touch or eat is spoken of as if it were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 11 36 n5nn figs-metaphor 1 unclean A person who is unacceptable for God’s purposes because he has touched the carcass of one of these animals is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 11 37 t32e 1 seeds for planting Alternate translation: “seeds that you intend to plant” -LEV 11 37 u7nr figs-metaphor 1 those seeds will still be clean Seeds that God has permitted the people to plant are spoken of as if they are physically clean, and those that he has not permitted are spoken of as if they were unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 11 38 zl8u figs-metaphor 1 they will be unclean Seeds that God has permitted the people to plant are spoken of as if they are physically clean, and those that he has not permitted are spoken of as if they were unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 11 38 as1j figs-activepassive 1 But if water is put on the seeds If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But if you put water on the seeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 11 39 bm8t figs-metaphor 1 he who touches the carcass will be unclean until evening A person who is unacceptable for God’s purposes because he touches the body of a dead animal is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 11 39 nbv2 1 until evening Alternate translation: “until sunset” -LEV 11 41 hdn4 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron which animals the people are to consider unclean. -LEV 11 41 kd84 figs-activepassive 1 it must not be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must not eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 11 43 z93h 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron which animals the people are to consider unclean. -LEV 11 43 fzj2 figs-parallelism 1 You must not make yourselves unclean … you should be made impure by them Yahweh repeats the same idea twice in order to strengthen the command that they are not to eat any unclean animal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -LEV 11 43 hj9h figs-metaphor 1 You must not make yourselves unclean A person who is unacceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 11 43 z5xl figs-activepassive 1 that you should be made impure by them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that you are no longer pure because of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 11 46 kcj2 0 General Information: Yahweh finishes telling Moses and Aaron what he permits the people to eat and what he forbids them to eat. -LEV 11 47 db9j figs-activepassive 1 for which a distinction is to be made between If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for which you must distinguish between” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 11 47 x81a figs-metaphor 1 between the unclean and the clean Animals that God declared to be unfit for the people to touch or eat are spoken of as if they were physically unclean, and those which he declared to be acceptable for the people to touch and eat are spoken of as if they were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 11 47 e7h6 figs-activepassive 1 that may be eaten … that may not be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you may eat … that you may not eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 12 intro p2iu 0 # Leviticus 12 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Menstruation

A woman was considered to be unclean after she began to bleed from her womb every month and after having a baby. This was because all blood was considered to be unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]]) -LEV 12 2 wr5g figs-metaphor 1 she will be unclean A woman whom other people must not touch because she is bleeding from her womb is spoken of as if she were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 12 2 tuc3 figs-euphemism 1 during the days of her monthly period This refers to the time of the month when a woman bleeds from her womb. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -LEV 12 3 rcr8 figs-activepassive 1 the flesh of a baby boy’s foreskin must be circumcised Only the priest could perform this action. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a priest must circumcise the baby boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 12 4 d17l 1 the mother’s purification from her bleeding will continue for thirty-three days This means that the mother will remain impure for thirty-three days. -LEV 12 5 esy2 figs-metaphor 1 she will be unclean for two weeks A woman whom other people must not touch because she is bleeding from her womb is spoken of as if she were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 12 5 y9x6 1 for two weeks Alternate translation: “for 14 days” -LEV 12 5 z4ub figs-euphemism 1 during her period This refers to the time of the month when a woman bleeds from her womb. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 12:2](../12/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -LEV 12 5 k936 1 sixty-six days Alternate translation: “66 days” -LEV 12 6 yy8n 1 When the days of her purification are finished Alternate translation: “When the days of the mother’s purification are finished” -LEV 12 6 cz1p 1 for a son or for a daughter This refers to the different number of days for purification based on if she gave birth to a son or daughter. -LEV 12 7 w9ty figs-activepassive 1 she will be cleansed from the flow of her blood If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this will cleanse her from her bleeding occurring during childbirth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 12 8 vh6a figs-explicit 1 If she is not able to afford a lamb Translate this so it clarifies the woman’s inability to purchase a sacrificial animal. Alternate translation: “If she does not have enough money to buy a lamb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 12 8 q6q1 figs-metaphor 1 then she will be clean A woman whom other people may touch is spoken of as if she were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 11 20 a5q6 figs-idiom כֹּ֚ל שֶׁ֣רֶץ הָ⁠ע֔וֹף הַ⁠הֹלֵ֖ךְ עַל־ אַרְבַּ֑ע 1 Every flying insect that walks on all fours Here the phrase **all fours** is an idiom that means to crawl on the ground on four legs. This sets these insects apart from other flying things, such as birds, that have only two feet. Alternate translation: “Every four-legged flying insect that crawls on the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +LEV 11 22 dqs7 translate-unknown אֶת־ הָֽ⁠אַרְבֶּ֣ה…הַ⁠סָּלְעָ֖ם…הַ⁠חַרְגֹּ֣ל…הֶ⁠חָגָ֖ב 1 the locust … the bald locust … the cricket … the grasshopper These are small insects that eat plants and can jump. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +LEV 11 24 n92t וּ⁠לְ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה 1 and by these Here, **these** refers to the animals he is about to list in the following verses. +LEV 11 24 brn3 figs-metaphor תִּטַּמָּ֑אוּ 1 you will make yourself unclean A person who is unacceptable for God’s purposes because he has touched one of these dead animals is spoken of as if the person were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 11 26 a8h8 figs-metaphor לְֽ⁠כָל־ הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֡ה…טְמֵאִ֥ים הֵ֖ם 1 As for every animal … they are unclean to you These animals that God declared to be unfit for the people to eat are spoken of as if they were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 11 26 ul4d וְ⁠שֶׁ֣סַע׀ אֵינֶ֣⁠נָּה שֹׁסַ֗עַת 1 but is not one that splits the cleft hoof This refers to a **hoof** that is completely split into two parts instead of being one whole. See how you translated these in [Leviticus 11:3](../11/03.md). +LEV 11 26 akk4 וְ⁠גֵרָה֙ אֵינֶ֣⁠נָּה מַעֲלָ֔ה 1 or is not one that chews the cud An animal **chews the cud** if it brings its food up from its stomach and chews it again. See how you translated these in [Leviticus 11:3](../11/03.md). +LEV 11 26 y9xh figs-metaphor כָּל־ הַ⁠נֹּגֵ֥עַ בָּ⁠הֶ֖ם יִטְמָֽא 1 Any one who touches them will be unclean A person who is unacceptable for God’s purposes because he has touched one of these animals is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 11 27 te6j כַּפָּ֗י⁠ו 1 its paws The **paws** of an animal refer to feet with claws. +LEV 11 27 u5eg עַד־ הָ⁠עָֽרֶב 1 until the evening Alternate translation: “until sunset” +LEV 11 29 em5c figs-metaphor וְ⁠זֶ֤ה לָ⁠כֶם֙ הַ⁠טָּמֵ֔א 1 And these are unclean to you God speaks of the animals that he declares are unfit for people to touch or eat as if they were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 11 29 d6ln translate-unknown הַ⁠חֹ֥לֶד 1 the weasel A **weasel** is a small animal with brown fur that eats birds and small animals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +LEV 11 29 k1av translate-unknown וְ⁠הַ⁠צָּ֥ב לְ⁠מִינֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 and the large lizard of any kind This refers to different kinds of reptiles with four legs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +LEV 11 30 qr8n translate-unknown וְ⁠הָ⁠אֲנָקָ֥ה וְ⁠הַ⁠כֹּ֖חַ וְ⁠הַ⁠לְּטָאָ֑ה וְ⁠הַ⁠חֹ֖מֶט וְ⁠הַ⁠תִּנְשָֽׁמֶת 1 and the gecko, and the monitor lizard, and the lizard, and the skink, and the chameleon These are different kinds of reptiles with four legs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +LEV 11 30 iqq6 וְ⁠הַ⁠חֹ֖מֶט 1 the skink Alternate translation: “the sand lizard” +LEV 11 31 e482 figs-metaphor אֵ֛לֶּה הַ⁠טְּמֵאִ֥ים לָ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 These are unclean to you These animals that God declared to be unfit for people to touch or eat are spoken of as if they were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 11 31 l2sr figs-metaphor כָּל־ הַ⁠נֹּגֵ֧עַ בָּ⁠הֶ֛ם בְּ⁠מֹתָ֖⁠ם יִטְמָ֥א 1 Any one who touches them when they are dead will be unclean A person who is unacceptable for God’s purposes because he has touched one of these dead animals is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 11 31 enp4 עַד־ הָ⁠עָֽרֶב 1 until the evening Alternate translation: “until sunset” +LEV 11 32 b5he figs-metaphor וְ⁠כֹ֣ל אֲשֶׁר־ יִפֹּל־ עָלָי⁠ו֩ מֵ⁠הֶ֨ם׀ בְּ⁠מֹתָ֜⁠ם יִטְמָ֗א 1 And anything which upon one of them falls when they are dead will be unclean Something that God has declared to be unfit for people to touch because one of these dead animals has fallen on it is spoken of as if it were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 11 32 u25t figs-activepassive בַּ⁠מַּ֧יִם יוּבָ֛א 1 must be put in water If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must put it into water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 11 32 sxi2 figs-metaphor וְ⁠טָהֵֽר 1 Then it will be clean Something that God has declared to be fit for people to touch after it has been washed is spoken of as if it were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 11 34 uwh4 figs-metaphor יִטְמָ֑א…יִטְמָֽא 1 is unclean … is unclean Food becomes unacceptable for the people to eat because unclean water has fallen on it is spoken of as if it were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 11 35 tpt7 מִ⁠נִּבְלָתָ֥⁠ם 1 something from one of their carcasses Alternate translation: “a part of one of their dead bodies” +LEV 11 35 dg8w figs-activepassive יֻתָּ֖ץ 1 must be broken to pieces If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must break to pieces” or “you must shatter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 11 36 fcx9 figs-metaphor מַעְיָ֥ן וּ⁠ב֛וֹר…יִהְיֶ֣ה טָה֑וֹר 1 a spring or cistern … will be clean Water that the people are permitted to drink from **a spring or cistern** is spoken of as if it were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 11 36 w98a בְּ⁠נִבְלָתָ֖⁠ם 1 their carcass Alternate translation: “their dead bodies” +LEV 11 36 n5nn figs-metaphor יִטְמָֽא 1 is unclean A person who is unacceptable for God’s purposes because he has touched the carcass of one of these animals is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 11 37 t32e כָּל־ זֶ֥רַע זֵר֖וּעַ 1 any seed for planting Alternate translation: “any seeds that you intend to plant” +LEV 11 37 u7nr figs-metaphor טָה֖וֹר הֽוּא 1 it is clean Seeds that God has permitted the people to plant are spoken of as if they are physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 11 38 as1j figs-activepassive וְ⁠כִ֤י יֻתַּן־ מַ֨יִם֙ עַל־ זֶ֔רַע 1 And if water is put on seed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But if you put water on the seeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 11 38 zl8u figs-metaphor טָמֵ֥א ה֖וּא לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 it is unclean to you Seeds that God has not permitted to plant are spoken of as if they were **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 11 39 bm8t figs-metaphor הַ⁠נֹּגֵ֥עַ בְּ⁠נִבְלָתָ֖⁠הּ יִטְמָ֥א 1 the one who touches the carcass will be unclean A person who is unacceptable for God’s purposes because he **touches** the body of a dead animal is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 11 39 nbv2 עַד־ הָ⁠עָֽרֶב 1 until the evening Alternate translation: “until sunset” +LEV 11 41 kd84 figs-activepassive שֶׁ֥קֶץ ה֖וּא לֹ֥א יֵאָכֵֽל 1 it is detestable and must not be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it is detestable and you must not eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 11 43 fzj2 figs-parallelism אַל־ תְּשַׁקְּצוּ֙ אֶת־ נַפְשֹׁ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם…וְ⁠לֹ֤א תִֽטַּמְּאוּ֙ 1 You must not make yourselves detestable … And you must not make yourselves unclean Yahweh repeats the same idea twice in order to strengthen the command that they are not to eat any unclean animal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +LEV 11 43 hj9h figs-metaphor וְ⁠לֹ֤א תִֽטַּמְּאוּ֙ 1 And you must not make yourselves unclean A person who is unacceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 11 47 x81a figs-metaphor בֵּ֥ין הַ⁠טָּמֵ֖א וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הַ⁠טָּהֹ֑ר 1 between the unclean and the clean Animals that God declared to be unfit for the people to touch or eat are spoken of as if they were physically **unclean**, and those which he declared to be acceptable for the people to touch and eat are spoken of as if they were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 11 47 e7h6 figs-activepassive הַֽ⁠נֶּאֱכֶ֔לֶת…אֲשֶׁ֖ר לֹ֥א תֵאָכֵֽל 1 that may be eaten … that may not be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you may eat … that you may not eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 12 intro p2iu 0 # Leviticus 12 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Menstruation\n\nA woman was considered to be unclean after she began to bleed from her womb every month and after having a baby. This was because all blood was considered to be unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]]) +LEV 12 2 wr5g figs-metaphor אִשָּׁה֙ כִּ֣י תַזְרִ֔יעַ וְ⁠יָלְדָ֖ה זָכָ֑ר וְ⁠טָֽמְאָה֙ 1 If a woman bears seed and gives birth to a male child, then she will be unclean A woman whom other people must not touch because she is bleeding from her womb is spoken of as if she were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 12 2 tuc3 figs-euphemism כִּ⁠ימֵ֛י נִדַּ֥ת דְּוֺתָ֖⁠הּ 1 as at the time of the bleeding of her menstruation This refers to the time of the month when a woman bleeds from her womb. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +LEV 12 3 rcr8 figs-activepassive יִמּ֖וֹל בְּשַׂ֥ר עָרְלָתֽ⁠וֹ 1 the flesh of his foreskin must be circumcised Only the priest could perform this action. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a priest must circumcise the baby boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 12 4 d17l וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים יוֹם֙ וּ⁠שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֔ים תֵּשֵׁ֖ב בִּ⁠דְמֵ֣י טָהֳרָ֑ה 1 And 30 days and 3 days she will stay in the blood of her purification This means that the mother will remain impure for 33 days. +LEV 12 5 esy2 figs-metaphor וְ⁠טָמְאָ֥ה שְׁבֻעַ֖יִם 1 then she will be unclean for two weeks A woman whom other people must not touch because she is bleeding from her womb is spoken of as if she were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 12 5 z4ub figs-euphemism כְּ⁠נִדָּתָ֑⁠הּ 1 as with her menstruation This refers to the time of the month when a woman bleeds from her womb. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 12:2](../12/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +LEV 12 6 yy8n וּ⁠בִ⁠מְלֹ֣את׀ יְמֵ֣י טָהֳרָ֗⁠הּ 1 And when the days of her purification are completed Alternate translation: “And when the days of the mother’s purification are finished” +LEV 12 6 cz1p לְ⁠בֵן֮ א֣וֹ לְ⁠בַת֒ 1 for a son or for a daughter This refers to the different number of days for purification based on if she gave birth to a **son** or a **daughter**. +LEV 12 7 w9ty figs-activepassive וְ⁠טָהֲרָ֖ה מִ⁠מְּקֹ֣ר דָּמֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 And she will be cleansed from the flow of her blood If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And this will cleanse her from her bleeding occurring during childbirth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 12 8 vh6a figs-explicit וְ⁠אִם־ לֹ֨א תִמְצָ֣א יָדָ⁠הּ֮ דֵּ֣י שֶׂה֒ 1 And if her hand does not find enough for a lamb Translate this so it clarifies the woman’s inability to purchase a sacrificial animal. Alternate translation: “If she does not have enough money to buy a lamb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 12 8 q6q1 figs-metaphor וְ⁠טָהֵֽרָה 1 Then she will be clean A woman whom other people may touch is spoken of as if she were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 13 intro fn27 0 # Leviticus 13 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Skin disease

This chapter addresses the ways a priest was to decide if a person had a skin disease, which would make a person unclean. This was important because these diseases could have easily spread among the people in the ancient Near East. This is also true concerning things growing on clothing or things that touch a person’s skin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) LEV 13 2 gy4s figs-activepassive 1 then he must be brought If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then someone must bring him” or “then he must go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 13 2 ukq4 1 to one of his sons Alternate translation: “to one of Aaron’s sons” -LEV 13 3 f8i6 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron what the people must do. LEV 13 3 xqd3 1 skin of his body Here “his” refers to the person with the skin disease. LEV 13 3 e37q 1 infectious disease a sickness that can spread easily from one person to another LEV 13 3 k3cb figs-metaphor 1 he must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. Alternate translation: “the priest must pronounce the man unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -522,7 +492,6 @@ LEV 13 9 f447 figs-activepassive 1 he must be brought to the priest The priests LEV 13 10 y3fz 1 if there is raw flesh in the swelling Here “raw flesh” could refer to open sores on the skin or it could refer to new skin that has grown, but the area around it is still diseased. Either one indicates that the skin disease is not healing properly. LEV 13 11 l2em 1 chronic skin disease This is a disease that continues or reoccurs over a long period of time. LEV 13 11 w1up figs-metaphor 1 the priest must pronounce him unclean … he is already unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 12 qi5y 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron what the people must do when someone has a skin disease. LEV 13 13 fw71 figs-metaphor 1 the priest must pronounce the person … he is clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean and the man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 13 14 jl2x figs-metaphor 1 But if … he will be unclean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean and the man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 13 15 nz1y figs-metaphor 1 The priest must … pronounce him unclean because the raw flesh is unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -530,45 +499,32 @@ LEV 13 15 kj82 1 pronounce him unclean Here “him” refers to the person wit LEV 13 15 uk5q 1 raw flesh See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:10](../13/10.md). LEV 13 15 c219 1 infectious disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md). LEV 13 17 q53z figs-metaphor 1 the priest will pronounce that person to be clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 18 i6jz 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron what the people must do when someone has a skin disease. LEV 13 18 kw5i 1 a boil a painful area on the skin that is infected LEV 13 19 gc9j figs-activepassive 1 then it must be shown to the priest If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then he must show it to the priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 13 20 c8ux figs-metaphor 1 the priest must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 21 zwt9 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron what the people must do when someone has a skin disease. LEV 13 21 k5ud 1 examines it Here “it” refers to the white swelling or bright spot on the skin. LEV 13 22 k8b8 figs-metaphor 1 the priest must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 13 23 cfg4 figs-metaphor 1 the priest must pronounce him clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 24 z9iw 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron what the people must do when someone has a skin disease. LEV 13 25 nx6x 1 infectious disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md). LEV 13 25 a7iw figs-metaphor 1 the priest must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 26 zm3m 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron what the people must do when someone has a skin disease. LEV 13 26 a2pm 1 examines it Here “it” refers to the burn on the person’s skin. LEV 13 27 a6sa figs-metaphor 1 the priest must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 13 27 jw1d 1 infectious disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md). LEV 13 28 rye3 figs-metaphor 1 the priest must pronounce him clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 29 n2w7 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron what the people must do when someone has a skin disease. LEV 13 30 ks4d figs-metaphor 1 the priest must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 31 da8p 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron what the people must do when someone has a skin disease. -LEV 13 32 qhf8 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron what the people must do when someone has a skin disease. LEV 13 33 li6b figs-activepassive 1 then he must be shaved, but the diseased area must not be shaved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person must shave the hair near the sore but not the hair on the sore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 13 34 rgq1 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron what the people must do when someone has a skin disease.” LEV 13 34 rr4u 1 the disease Here “the disease” refers to the disease on the person’s head or chin. LEV 13 34 c5dp figs-metaphor 1 the priest must pronounce him clean … he will be clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 35 h8cg 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron what the people must do when someone has a skin disease. LEV 13 35 xt5g figs-metaphor 1 after the priest said he was clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 13 36 p6fx figs-metaphor 1 The person is unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 13 37 grx5 figs-metaphor 1 He is clean … him clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 38 q6l2 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron what the people must do when someone has a skin disease. LEV 13 39 c13i 1 a dull white Alternate translation: “a faded white” LEV 13 39 v8r7 1 rash See how you translated this word in [Leviticus 13:6](../13/06.md). LEV 13 39 e8v5 figs-gendernotations 1 He is clean Here “He” refers to both men and women in general. Alternate translation: “That person is clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) LEV 13 39 gbm1 figs-metaphor 1 He is clean The person whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 40 x5du 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron what the people must do when someone has a skin disease. LEV 13 40 b37h figs-metaphor 1 he is clean The person whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 42 f51i 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron what the people must do when someone has a skin disease. LEV 13 42 vwu4 1 infectious disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md). LEV 13 44 i6x8 figs-metaphor 1 he is unclean … pronounce him unclean The person whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 45 fh19 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron what the people must do when someone has a skin disease. LEV 13 45 m4ek figs-metaphor 1 Unclean, unclean The person whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 13 46 zw43 1 outside the camp The camp is the area where the majority of Israelites lived. The unclean person was not permitted to live among them because his disease may spread to others. LEV 13 47 yjv7 1 A garment that is contaminated with mildew Alternate translation: “A garment that has mildew on it” or “A garment that mildews” @@ -600,13 +556,11 @@ LEV 14 intro u79h 0 # Leviticus 14 General Notes

## Structure and form LEV 14 1 gi74 0 General Information: Yahweh tells Moses and Aaron what the people must do when someone is cleansed of a skin disease. LEV 14 2 mv99 1 the day of his cleansing This refers to the day on which the priest declares the person to be ritually clean. LEV 14 2 d521 figs-activepassive 1 He must be brought to the priest If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone must bring him to the priest” or “He must go to the priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 14 3 rr1c 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron what the people must do when someone is cleansed of a skin disease. LEV 14 3 b7wz 1 infectious skin disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md). LEV 14 4 slt9 figs-activepassive 1 the one to be cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 14 4 t9pk figs-metaphor 1 clean birds Birds that God allowed the people to eat and offer as sacrifices are spoken of as if they were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 14 4 gdc5 1 scarlet yarn Alternate translation: “red yarn” LEV 14 4 ws3c translate-unknown 1 hyssop an herb with a pleasant smell that was used for medicine (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -LEV 14 6 v794 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron what the people must do when someone is cleansed of a skin disease. LEV 14 6 aws9 figs-activepassive 1 the bird that was killed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the bird that the person killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 14 7 cj5v figs-activepassive 1 the person who is to be cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 14 7 m1fj figs-metaphor 1 the priest will pronounce him to be clean The person whom other people may touch and who is acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -627,14 +581,12 @@ LEV 14 17 c24c figs-activepassive 1 the person to be cleansed If your language LEV 14 18 vmy1 1 before Yahweh Alternate translation: “in Yahweh’s presence” LEV 14 19 hs6x figs-activepassive 1 him who is to be cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 14 20 jn3n figs-metaphor 1 he will be clean The person whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 14 21 n7vg 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron what the people must do when someone is cleansed of a skin disease. LEV 14 21 c76j 1 cannot afford Alternate translation: “does not have enough money to buy” LEV 14 21 azv9 figs-activepassive 1 to be waved … for himself If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the priest will wave … for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 14 21 hwj7 translate-bvolume 1 one-tenth of an ephah One-tenth of an ephah is 22 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) LEV 14 21 aj8d translate-bvolume 1 log One log is 0.31 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) LEV 14 24 u8i7 translate-bvolume 1 log One log is 0.31 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) LEV 14 25 g7wh figs-activepassive 1 the one who is to be cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 14 26 cf5d 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron what the people must do when someone is cleansed of a skin disease. LEV 14 27 lk7b 1 sprinkle … some of the oil … before Yahweh There is no indication of what the priest sprinkled the oil on. Alternate translation: “sprinkle … some of the oil … in Yahweh’s presence” LEV 14 28 n3d5 figs-activepassive 1 the one who is to be cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 14 30 hg23 1 He must offer Alternate translation: “The priest must offer” @@ -685,7 +637,6 @@ LEV 15 8 j7ua figs-metaphor 1 someone who is clean The person whom other people LEV 15 8 y923 figs-metaphor 1 he will be unclean The person whom other people may not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 15 9 vfp5 1 saddle A saddle is a leather seat that a person puts on the back of a horse in order to ride it. LEV 15 9 v5rf figs-metaphor 1 Any saddle … will be unclean Something that Yahweh has stated is unfit to touch is spoken of as if it were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 15 10 qs6j 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron what the people must do to avoid infection. LEV 15 10 dsi4 1 that person This refers to the person with the infected fluid. LEV 15 10 t3d9 figs-metaphor 1 will be unclean The person whom other people may not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 15 10 ajr2 1 until evening Alternate translation: “until sunset” @@ -739,7 +690,6 @@ LEV 16 6 pz6c 1 the sin offering, which will be for himself Alternate translat LEV 16 8 x47b 1 the scapegoat Aaron was to have someone set the goat free in the wilderness. Alternate translation: “the goat that is sent away” LEV 16 9 zfb1 1 on which the lot fell Alternate translation: “which the lot designated” LEV 16 10 w2u4 figs-activepassive 1 But the goat … must be brought alive before Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But Aaron must bring the goat … alive before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 16 11 ry4v 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what Aaron must do on the Day of Atonement. LEV 16 11 gla3 figs-explicit 1 he must kill the bull Aaron would catch the blood of the bull in a bowl so he could later sprinkle it on the atonement lid. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LEV 16 12 qg8f 1 censer a container for fire and incense, used by the priests LEV 16 12 rb7j 1 sweet incense This refers to the smell and not to the taste of the incense. Alternate translation: “sweet-smelling incense” @@ -747,7 +697,6 @@ LEV 16 14 q6jm 1 the blood of the bull This is the blood Aaron caught with a b LEV 16 14 an6m 1 sprinkle it with his finger He used his finger to splash the blood. LEV 16 14 l8cz 1 on the front of the atonement lid He put the blood on the top part of the lid. He also put it on the side of the lid that was towards him as he entered the most holy place. LEV 16 14 c3u7 1 before the atonement lid This could mean: (1) “below the atonement lid onto the chest” or (2) “onto the ground in front of the atonement lid.” -LEV 16 15 y7sm 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what Aaron must do on the Day of Atonement. LEV 16 15 z5rn 1 He must sprinkle it on the atonement lid and then before the atonement lid Aaron sprinkled the blood in the same manner that he did with the bull’s blood. See how you translated the previous instructions in [Leviticus 16:14](../16/14.md). LEV 16 16 p9s9 1 He must make atonement for the holy place because of the unclean actions of the people of Israel The sins of the people of Israel made the holy place unclean. LEV 16 16 p2fa 1 unclean actions … rebellion … sins These words mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that the people have committed all kinds of sins. @@ -834,7 +783,6 @@ LEV 18 17 qj6b 1 to uncover her nakedness Alternate translation: “to have se LEV 18 19 ar8x 1 to uncover her nakedness Alternate translation: “to have sexual relations with her” LEV 18 19 sht5 1 the time of her uncleanness This is the time every month when a woman bleeds from her womb. LEV 18 20 l28c 1 your neighbor’s wife Alternate translation: “any man’s wife” -LEV 18 21 wll3 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must not do that would defile them. LEV 18 21 t7ie figs-idiom 1 You must not give any of your children to put them into the fire The phrase “to pass through the fire” means to burn something with fire as a sacrifice. Alternate translation: “You must not burn your children alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LEV 18 21 v6td figs-metonymy 1 you must not profane the name of your God Here the word “profane” means to dishonor. The word “name” represents God himself. Alternate translation: “you must not dishonor your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LEV 18 22 z5r6 figs-euphemism 1 Do not lie with This is a polite way of speaking of sexual relations. You may have to use other words in your translation. Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) @@ -857,7 +805,6 @@ LEV 18 30 k2fr 1 by them Here “them” refers to the detestable customs. LEV 19 intro q5dy 0 # Leviticus 19 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Obeying Yahweh

Being holy meant obeying Yahweh in all matters of a person’s life. It is not limited to offering correct sacrifices. The law helped to establish righteousness in a person’s life, as well as justice in Israel. In Israel, these concepts are closely related. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) LEV 19 3 h3qu 1 keep my Sabbaths Alternate translation: “observe my Sabbaths” or “respect my day of rest” LEV 19 4 h2g1 figs-metaphor 1 Do not turn to worthless idols Worshiping idols is spoken of as if it were physically turning towards them. Alternate translation: “Do not begin to worship worthless idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 19 5 y6kv 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. LEV 19 5 us48 figs-explicit לִֽ⁠רְצֹנְ⁠כֶ֖ם תִּזְבָּחֻֽ⁠הוּ 1 you must sacrifice it for your acceptance This could mean: (1) Yahweh will accept the person offering the sacrifice. Alternate translation: “you must offer it properly so that I will accept you” or (2) Yahweh will accept the sacrifice from the person. Alternate translation: “you must offer it properly so that I will accept your sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LEV 19 6 l911 figs-activepassive 1 It must be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 19 6 en6s figs-activepassive 1 it must be burned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must burn it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -878,7 +825,6 @@ LEV 19 15 z3gy 1 judge your neighbor righteously Alternate translation: “jud LEV 19 16 w42w 1 slander untrue, hurtful messages about other people LEV 19 17 t7s1 figs-metaphor 1 Do not hate your brother in your heart Continually hating a person is spoken of as if it were hating a person in the heart. Alternate translation: “Do not continually hate your brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 19 17 mu1a 1 You must honestly rebuke your neighbor Alternate translation: “You must correct a person who is sinning” -LEV 19 19 t1rj 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. LEV 19 19 pl6r figs-activepassive 1 clothing made of two kinds of material mixed together If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “clothing that someone made from two kinds of material” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 19 20 f982 figs-euphemism 1 lies with This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “has sexual relations with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) LEV 19 20 w5nn figs-activepassive 1 who is promised to a husband If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who is engaged to marry another man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -887,7 +833,6 @@ LEV 19 20 b33p figs-activepassive 1 must be punished If your language does not LEV 19 20 nfy4 figs-activepassive 1 They must not be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must not kill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 19 21 ea3a 1 A man must bring his guilt offering to Yahweh to the entrance to the tent of meeting—a ram as a guilt offering Alternate translation: “A man must bring a ram as a guilt offering to Yahweh to the entrance of the tent of meeting” LEV 19 22 ff4r figs-activepassive 1 the sin which he has committed will be forgiven If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will forgive the sin which he has committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 19 23 xz6e 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. LEV 19 23 ge88 figs-parallelism 1 then you must regard the fruit they produce as forbidden to be eaten … It must not be eaten Yahweh repeats the prohibition in order to emphasize it and to clarify that it is in force for the first three years that the tree bears fruit. Translate this to clarify the period of time the trees must be left alone. Alternate translation: “then you must not eat the fruit of the trees for the first three years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) LEV 19 23 qe8e figs-activepassive 1 you must regard the fruit they produce as forbidden to be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must regard the fruit they produce as something that I have forbidden you to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 19 23 q42h figs-activepassive 1 The fruit must be forbidden to you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have forbidden the fruit to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -915,7 +860,6 @@ LEV 20 5 ehp6 figs-metaphor 1 who prostitutes himself in order to play the harl LEV 20 6 f771 figs-metaphor 1 so as to prostitute themselves with them This phrase compares the unfaithful people to prostitutes. Alternate translation: “by doing that, they seek advice from the spirits rather than from me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 20 6 f2f2 figs-idiom 1 I will set my face against that person This idiom means he “firmly decided.” Alternate translation: “I have made up my mind that I will oppose that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LEV 20 6 lf97 1 will set my face against Alternate translation: “will stare angrily at” -LEV 20 8 u4um 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. LEV 20 8 s4bq figs-parallelism 1 You must keep my commands and carry them out The words “keep” and “carry out” mean basically the same thing. They are used together in order to emphasize that the people must obey God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) LEV 20 9 n5cd figs-activepassive 1 must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must surely put to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 20 10 a9y7 figs-activepassive 1 certainly be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must certainly put both of them to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -970,7 +914,6 @@ LEV 21 8 aim5 1 You will set him apart Alternate translation: “You people mu LEV 21 8 t6iq figs-synecdoche 1 for he is the one who offers bread to your God Here “bread” represents food in general. Yahweh does not actually eat these offerings. Translate this in a way that makes it clear that Yahweh does not actually eat the food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) LEV 21 8 l82b figs-activepassive 1 He must be holy to you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must regard him as holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 21 9 i1i1 figs-activepassive 1 She must be burned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must burn her to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 21 10 v3vn 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the priests must do. LEV 21 10 jhq7 figs-explicit 1 anointing oil This is a reference to the anointing oil used in the ceremony consecrating a new the high priest. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LEV 21 10 i6rn figs-activepassive 1 on whose head the anointing oil has been poured, and who has been consecrated If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “on whose head they poured anointing oil and consecrated him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 21 10 bg4j figs-explicit 1 must not wear his hair loose or tear his clothes Loose hair and torn clothes were signs of mourning. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1004,7 +947,6 @@ LEV 22 6 a8tz figs-metaphor 1 the priest … will be unclean A person who is no LEV 22 6 v9vm 1 until evening Alternate translation: “until sunset” LEV 22 7 w1dk figs-metaphor 1 he will then be clean A person who is acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically clean. Alternate translation: “the priest will then be considered clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 22 8 tve2 figs-activepassive 1 found dead or killed by wild animals If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that someone found dead or that a wild animal has killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 22 10 iqy2 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what Aaron and his sons must do. LEV 22 12 dg4g figs-abstractnouns בִּ⁠תְרוּמַ֥ת הַ⁠קֳּדָשִׁ֖ים 1 the holy contribution offerings If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **contributions**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “the holy offerings which people have contributed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) LEV 22 14 rd8r 1 he must repay the priest for it; he must add one-fifth to it This could mean: (1) that the person had to replace the food that he had eaten with the same kind of food or (2) that the person had to pay money to the priest for the food that he had eaten. LEV 22 14 kg3k translate-fraction 1 one-fifth This is one part out of five equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) @@ -1031,7 +973,6 @@ LEV 22 32 nc63 figs-metonymy 1 You must not profane my holy name Here the word LEV 22 32 dq3e figs-activepassive 1 I must be acknowledged as holy by the people of Israel If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel must acknowledge me as holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 23 intro j29n 0 # Leviticus 23 General Notes

## Structure and formatting


## Special concepts in this chapter

### The feasts

The people should celebrate the Sabbath, the Passover, the Feast of First Fruits, the Feast of Weeks, the Feast of Trumpets, the Day of Atonement and the Feast of Booths. These feasts were important for the religious life of Israel. They were a part of proper worship of Yahweh and the identity of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstfruit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]]) LEV 23 2 v493 1 the appointed festivals for Yahweh These were festivals that the Lord had appointed times for. The people were to worship him at these festivals. Alternate translation: “the festivals for Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s festivals” -LEV 23 3 elq1 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do on special days and times. LEV 23 3 vk4w 1 the seventh day is a Sabbath of complete rest This is something the people must do habitually. After every six days in which they can work, they must rest on the seventh day. LEV 23 3 t53y figs-metonymy 1 a holy assembly The requirement that people assemble to worship God on that day is spoken of as if that day were the assembly. Alternate translation: “a holy day, when you must assemble together to worship me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LEV 23 4 l6ez 1 at their appointed times Alternate translation: “at their proper times” @@ -1043,19 +984,14 @@ LEV 23 7 z6ky 1 The first day you must set apart to gather together Alternate LEV 23 8 fd7s 1 will present a food offering They would present it to Yahweh by burning it on the altar. LEV 23 8 eif1 figs-metonymy 1 The seventh day is an assembly set apart to Yahweh The requirement that people assemble on that day is spoken of as if that day were the assembly. Being set apart to Yahweh means that when they assemble, they must worship Yahweh. Alternate translation: “The seventh day is a day when you must assemble together to worship Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LEV 23 11 l79v figs-activepassive 1 for it to be accepted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh to accept it” or “and I will accept it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 23 12 w6id 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. LEV 23 13 js1u translate-bvolume 1 two-tenths of an ephah An ephah is 22 liters. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) LEV 23 13 awi9 translate-bvolume 1 a fourth of a hin A hin is 3.7 liters. Alternate translation: “one liter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) LEV 23 14 ueu6 1 nor roasted or fresh grain Alternate translation: “nor cooked or uncooked grain” LEV 23 14 ge4f 1 This will be a permanent statute throughout your people’s generations This means that they and their descendants must obey this command forever. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 3:17](../03/17.md). -LEV 23 15 k3t2 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. LEV 23 16 aa6p translate-ordinal 1 seventh This is the ordinal for number seven. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] -LEV 23 17 u9bc 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. LEV 23 17 wz93 figs-activepassive 1 made from two-tenths of an ephah. They must be made from fine flour and baked with yeast If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you have made from two-tenths of an ephah of flour and then baked with yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 23 17 sd2q translate-bvolume 1 two-tenths of an ephah This is approximately 4.5 liters. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) LEV 23 18 t6w3 figs-metaphor 1 producing a sweet aroma for Yahweh The Lord’s pleasure with the aroma represents his pleasure with the person who burns the offering. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will be pleased with you” or “that pleases the Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 23 19 yy3g 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. -LEV 23 22 w1b8 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. LEV 23 22 cza3 1 When you reap the harvest of your land, you must not completely reap the corners of your fields Alternate translation: “When you gather your crops, do not gather them all the way to the edges of your fields” LEV 23 24 awp8 translate-hebrewmonths בַּ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֜י בְּ⁠אֶחָ֣ד לַ⁠חֹ֗דֶשׁ 1 In the seventh month, on day one of the month This is the **seventh month** of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of September on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) LEV 23 24 im9z translate-ordinal בַּ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֜י 1 In the seventh month The word **seventh** is the ordinal form of “seven”. Alternate translation: “In month seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) @@ -1064,10 +1000,8 @@ LEV 23 25 axe7 figs-activepassive 1 you must offer a sacrifice made by fire to LEV 23 27 b777 translate-hebrewmonths בֶּ⁠עָשׂ֣וֹר לַ⁠חֹדֶשׁ֩ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֨י הַ⁠זֶּ֜ה 1 on day 10 of this seventh month This is the **seventh month** of the Hebrew calendar. The tenth day is near the end of September on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) LEV 23 27 qtyo translate-ordinal לַ⁠חֹדֶשׁ֩ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֨י הַ⁠זֶּ֜ה 1 of this seventh month The word **seventh** is the ordinal form of “seven”. Alternate translation: “of month seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) LEV 23 27 ei44 translate-unknown 1 the Day of Atonement On this day each year the high priest made a sacrifice to Yahweh so that Yahweh would forgive all the sins of the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the Day of Sacrifice for Forgiveness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -LEV 23 28 b42e 1 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do every year. LEV 23 29 vh74 figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֖ה מֵֽ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ 1 then he must be cut off from his people Being excluded is spoken of as being **cut off**. See how you translated this idea in [Leviticus 7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “then he must be cut off from his people as a branch is cut off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 23 29 yhns figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֖ה מֵֽ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ 1 then he must be cut off from his people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then you must exclude him from his people” or “then you must separate that person from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 23 30 pu94 1 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do every year. LEV 23 30 a1cb 1 on that day Alternate translation: “on the Day of Atonement” LEV 23 31 w1ug 1 This will be a permanent statute throughout your people’s generations This means that they and their descendants must obey this command forever. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Leviticus 3:17](../03/17.md). LEV 23 32 vhl2 1 a Sabbath of solemn rest This is not the same as the Sabbath they observed every week on the seventh day. This was a special Sabbath on the Day of Atonement. @@ -1078,9 +1012,7 @@ LEV 23 34 u83n translate-hebrewmonths בַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֜ LEV 23 34 gg6x translate-ordinal לַ⁠חֹ֤דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִי֙ 1 of the seventh month The word **seventh** is the ordinal form of “seven”. Alternate translation: “of month seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) LEV 23 34 by89 translate-unknown 1 Festival of Shelters This is a celebration during which the people of Israel lived in temporary shelters for seven days as a way to remember the time they spent living in the wilderness after they left Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) LEV 23 35 vp3p 0 General Information: Yahweh is giving instructions for the Festival of Shelters. -LEV 23 37 ehy1 1 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do every year. LEV 23 37 ul95 1 These are the appointed festivals This refers to the festivals mentioned in 23:1-36. -LEV 23 39 xle6 1 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do every year. LEV 23 39 i44i 1 Festival of Shelters This is a celebration during which the people of Israel lived in temporary shelters for seven days as a way to remember the time they spent living in the wilderness after they left Egypt. See how you translated it in [Leviticus 23:34](../23/34.md). LEV 23 39 s52d translate-hebrewmonths בַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֜וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י 1 on day 15 of the seventh month This is the **seventh month** of the Hebrew calendar. The fifteenth day is near the beginning of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) LEV 23 39 fsue translate-ordinal לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י 1 of the seventh month The word **seventh** is the ordinal form of “seven”. Alternate translation: “of month seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) @@ -1114,14 +1046,11 @@ LEV 24 11 uzp5 figs-parallelism 1 blasphemed the name of Yahweh and cursed God LEV 24 11 x1rf translate-names 1 Shelomith This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) LEV 24 11 y53u translate-names 1 Dibri This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) LEV 24 14 br93 translate-symaction 1 All who heard him must lay their hands on his head They were to put their hands on his head to show that he was the guilty one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -LEV 24 15 cqr5 1 Connecting Statement: God continues telling Moses what they must do to the man who cursed God. LEV 24 15 rj6p figs-metaphor 1 must carry his own guilt Suffering for sin is spoken of if a person were to carry his guilt. Alternate translation: “must suffer for his sin” or “must be punished (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 24 16 uv4b figs-activepassive 1 must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the people must surely put him to death” or “the people must surely kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 24 17 lq24 1 Connecting Statement: God continues telling Moses what the people must do when someone does something bad. LEV 24 17 mu9u figs-activepassive 1 he must certainly be put to death. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must certainly put to death anyone who kills another person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 24 18 pg7s figs-explicit 1 must pay it back How he would pay it back can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “must pay it back by giving him a live animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LEV 24 18 x28q figs-idiom 1 life for life This is an idiom that means that one life would replace the other. Alternate translation: “one life to replace the other life” or “to replace the one that he killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -LEV 24 19 wa7i 1 Connecting Statement: God continues telling Moses what the people must do when someone does something bad. LEV 24 19 p3k7 figs-activepassive 1 it must be done to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must do to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 24 20 icn4 1 fracture for fracture, eye for eye, tooth for tooth These phrases emphasize that a person should receive the same harm he did to someone else. LEV 24 20 ls9h figs-idiom 1 fracture for fracture This refers to broken bones. Alternate translation: “broken bone for broken bone” or “If he breaks someone’s bone, one of his bones must be broken” or “If he breaks someone’s bone, they will break one of his bones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -1140,7 +1069,6 @@ LEV 25 6 ixl4 1 Whatever the unworked land … who live with you may gather fo LEV 25 6 h8qg 1 Whatever the unworked land grows Alternate translation: “whatever grows on the unworked land” LEV 25 6 itc3 figs-activepassive 1 the unworked land This means that no one has taken care of the gardens or farms as they do during the other six years. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your gardens that you do not tend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 25 7 v4ie 1 whatever the land produces Alternate translation: “whatever grows on the land” -LEV 25 8 ps12 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. LEV 25 8 g6u6 1 there will be seven Sabbaths of years Alternate translation: “they will be seven sets of seven years” LEV 25 9 cf78 translate-hebrewmonths בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִעִ֔י בֶּ⁠עָשׂ֖וֹר לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 on the seventh month, on the tenth day of the month This is the **seventh month** of the Hebrew calendar. The **tenth day** is near the end of September on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) LEV 25 9 igkl translate-ordinal בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִעִ֔י בֶּ⁠עָשׂ֖וֹר לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 on the seventh month, on the tenth day of the month The words **seventh** and **tenth** are the ordinals of “seven” and “ten”. Alternate translation: “in month seven, on day ten of the month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) @@ -1151,7 +1079,6 @@ LEV 25 10 ua35 figs-activepassive 1 property and slaves must be returned If you LEV 25 11 a5fs figs-explicit 1 a Jubilee for you You can state clearly who they were returning the land to. Alternate translation: “a year for you to return the land to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LEV 25 12 ccr2 1 You must eat the produce that grows by itself out of the fields Yahweh did not allow the land owner to organize his workers and harvest the land as he did the other six years. However, he did allow individuals to go through the fields and eat what they find. LEV 25 13 gq74 1 this year of Jubilee Alternate translation: “this year of restoration” or “this year to return land and free slaves” -LEV 25 15 zp6w 0 General Information: God continues telling Moses what the people must do. LEV 25 15 em1q figs-activepassive 1 that can be harvested If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you can harvest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 25 15 kv8f 1 the next Jubilee Alternate translation: “the next year of restoration” or “the next year to return land” LEV 25 18 r63d figs-parallelism 1 obey my decrees, keep my laws, and carry them out All of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that the people must obey everything Yahweh says. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) @@ -1182,12 +1109,10 @@ LEV 25 33 yf5t figs-activepassive 1 the house that was sold in the city where i LEV 25 33 kaj1 1 the year of Jubilee Alternate translation: “the year of restoration” or “the year to return land and free slaves” LEV 25 33 js2l 1 their property among the people of Israel The land of Canaan was divided up among the people of Israel, but of that land, the Levites were only given 48 cities with the fields around them. Alternate translation: “their part of the land that the Israelites possessed” or “their property in the land of Israel” LEV 25 34 ehh8 figs-activepassive 1 But the fields around their cities may not be sold If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But the Levites must not sell the fields around their cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 25 35 e334 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. LEV 25 36 pkf5 1 Do not charge him interest Alternate translation: “Do not make him pay you back more than what you lend him” LEV 25 39 mgw3 1 you must not make him work like a slave The owner was to treat the Israelite with more respect than he would treat a slave. LEV 25 40 si62 1 Treat him as a hired servant The owner was to treat the Israelite with more respect than he would treat a slave. LEV 25 40 u2tl 1 the year of Jubilee Alternate translation: “the year of restoration” or “the year to return land and free slaves” -LEV 25 42 u1v8 1 Connecting Statement: God continues telling Moses what he must tell the people. LEV 25 42 ucx8 1 they are my servants Alternate translation: “your fellow countrymen are my servants” LEV 25 42 i1ab figs-activepassive 1 They will not be sold as slaves If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must not sell them as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 25 44 wz9f 1 you may buy slaves from them Alternate translation: “you may buy slaves from those nations” @@ -1312,7 +1237,6 @@ LEV 27 7 xmg4 translate-numbers 1 sixty … fifteen … ten Alternate translati LEV 27 7 n5vt translate-bweight 1 fifteen shekels If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “fifteen pieces of silver” or “150 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) LEV 27 7 wau8 figs-ellipsis 1 for a female ten shekels The phrases “of that age” and “your standard value must be” are left out, but are meant to be understood. Alternate translation: “for a female of that age your standard value must be ten shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) LEV 27 8 ucc6 figs-activepassive 1 the person being given must be presented to the priest If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. AT “he must present to the priest the person he is giving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 27 9 kbw9 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. LEV 27 9 ax5s 1 set apart to him Alternate translation: “set apart to Yahweh” LEV 27 10 a66v figs-activepassive 1 both it and the one for which it is exchanged If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “both it and the one he exchanges it for” or the animals can be referred to simply as “both animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 27 11 dz9h figs-metaphor 1 is in fact unclean, so that Yahweh will not accept it If Yahweh will not accept a certain animal as an offering, the animal is spoken of as if it were physically dirty. It may be unclean because it is a certain kind of animal or because it has a defect. Alternate translation: “is in fact one that Yahweh will not accept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv index 0c9f99d252..df9db27a67 100644 --- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv +++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -JHN front intro t6za 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of John

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Gospel of John

1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)
2. Jesus is baptized, and he chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)
3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)
4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)
* Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)
* Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)
* Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)
* The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)
* Jesus teaches his disciples (13–17)
* Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)
* Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)
5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)
6. John says why he wrote his gospel (20:30–31)
7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)

### What is the Gospel of John about?

The Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” (20:31). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.

John’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.

John wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Gospel of John?

This book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within it. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrase “the disciple whom Jesus loved” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was involved. The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly testify to his close relationship with Jesus as part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church (Galatians 2:9).

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?

John wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?

In the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to Daniel 7:13–14. In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.

Jews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])

Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.

### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?

While other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls signs were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did and “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).

### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?

John often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.

Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” (John 6:56). The UST uses the idea of “will be joined to me, and I will be joined to him.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.

In the passage, “If my words remain in you” (John 15:7), the UST expresses this idea as, “If you live by my message.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.

### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?

John occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he was writing in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” (John 3:3, 7). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.

### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?

The following verses found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\[\]) to indicate that they were probably not original to John’s Gospel.

* “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord occasionally went down into the pool and stirred the water and whoever went first after the stirring of the water, was made well from the disease they had.” (5:3-4)
* “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” (8:59)

The following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\[\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.

* The story of the adulterous woman (7:53-8:11)

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +JHN front intro t6za 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of John

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Gospel of John

1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)
2. Jesus is baptized, and he chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)
3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)
4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)
* Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)
* Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)
* Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)
* The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)
* Jesus teaches his disciples (13–17)
* Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)
* Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)
5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)
6. John says why he wrote his gospel (20:30–31)
7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)

### What is the Gospel of John about?

The Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” (20:31). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.

John’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.

John wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Gospel of John?

This book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within it. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrase “the disciple whom Jesus loved” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was involved. The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly testify to his close relationship with Jesus as part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church (Galatians 2:9).

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?

John wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?

In the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to Daniel 7:13–14. In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.

Jews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])

Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.

### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?

While other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls signs were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did and “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).

### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?

John often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.

Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” (John 6:56). The UST uses the idea of “will be joined to me, and I will be joined to him.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.

In the passage, “If my words remain in you” (John 15:7), the UST expresses this idea as, “If you live by my message.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.

### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?

John occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he was writing in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” (John 3:3, 7). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.

### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?

The following verses found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not original to John’s Gospel.

* “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord occasionally went down into the pool and stirred the water and whoever went first after the stirring of the water, was made well from the disease they had.” (5:3-4)
* “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” (8:59)

The following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.

* The story of the adulterous woman (7:53-8:11)

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) JHN 1 intro k29b 0 # John 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)
2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)
3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on Earth (1:9–13)
4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)
5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)
6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “The Word”

John uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1,14](../01/01.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])

### Light and Darkness

In [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

### “Children of God”

People are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors

John uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “In the beginning”

Some languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.

### “Son of Man”

Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) JHN 1 1 er9g ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν 1 In the beginning This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was” JHN 1 1 z59q figs-explicit ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος…καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος 1 the Word Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is the Word, and Jesus … and Jesus was God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -588,6 +588,7 @@ JHN 5 1 urn9 writing-background μετὰ ταῦτα ἦν ἑορτὴ τῶν JHN 5 1 ea65 grammar-connect-time-sequential μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After this This phrase indicates that what follows occurred after Jesus healed the royal official’s son. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “After Jesus healed the official’s son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) JHN 5 1 z4th ἀνέβη…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 went up to Jerusalem **Jerusalem** is located on the top of a hill. Therefore, roads to **Jerusalem** went **up**. If your language has a different word for going up a hill than for walking on level ground or going down a gill, you should use it here. JHN 5 2 h3w5 κολυμβήθρα 1 pool This **pool** was a large manmade hole in the ground that people filled with water and used for bathing. Sometimes they lined these pools with tiles or stones. +JHN 5 2 w377 figs-explicit Ἑβραϊστὶ 1 When John says **in Hebrew** in his Gospel, he refers to the language spoken by the Jews during his time. This language is now called Jewish Aramaic. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in Jewish Aramaic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 5 2 dt12 translate-names Βηθζαθά 1 Bethesda This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JHN 5 2 luz3 στοὰς 1 roofed porches These **porches** were structures with roofs that had at least one wall missing and were attached to the sides of buildings. JHN 5 5 r1gt writing-participants ἦν δέ τις ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖ 1 This verse introduces the man lying beside the pool as a new character to the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) @@ -1661,7 +1662,7 @@ JHN 12 7 dcn3 figs-explicit ἄφες αὐτήν, ἵνα εἰς τὴν ἡμ JHN 12 8 wo1a figs-explicit τοὺς πτωχοὺς γὰρ πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν, ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε 1 You will always have the poor with you Jesus’ statement in this verse implies that Mary acted properly by pouring the expensive perfume on him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “She acted appropriately because you always have the poor with you, but you do not always have me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 12 8 r82p figs-explicit τοὺς πτωχοὺς…πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν 1 You will always have the poor with you Jesus implies that there will always be opportunities to help **the poor**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you always have the poor with you that you can help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 12 8 b6lf figs-nominaladj τοὺς πτωχοὺς 1 You will always have the poor with you See how you translated **the poor** in the [verse 6](../12/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -JHN 12 8 qctd figs-you ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν…οὐ…ἔχετε 1 In this verse, every occurrence of **you** is plural and refers to the disciples and those who were with Jesus at the dinner. \(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +JHN 12 8 qctd figs-you ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν…οὐ…ἔχετε 1 In this verse, every occurrence of **you** is plural and refers to the disciples and those who were with Jesus at the dinner. \\(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) JHN 12 8 kn28 figs-explicit ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε 1 But you will not always have me Jesus implies that he will not always be with them because he will die. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but I will not always be here with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 12 9 qm36 writing-background οὖν 1 Now **Then** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. This break continues until the end of [verse 11](../12/11.md). In this verse John gives background information about a new group of people that has come to Bethany. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) JHN 12 9 i6mn grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “a large group of people” or “very many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) @@ -1751,7 +1752,7 @@ JHN 12 34 jzfm figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…ὁ JHN 12 34 t386 figs-explicit τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Who is this Son of Man? This could mean: (1) they are asking to know the identity of **the Son of Man**. Alternate translation: “What is the identity of this Son of Man?” (2) they are asking to know what Jesus means when he says, ‘Son of Man.’ Alternate translation: “What kind of Son of Man are you talking about?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 12 35 l2w4 figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν…ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε 1 Here, Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to refer to himself. He is “the Light of the World” who reveals God’s truth and goodness the way a **light** reveals a person’s surroundings. See how you translated **light** in [8:12](../08/12.md). “The one who reveals God’s truth and goodness will be with you … while you have him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JHN 12 35 k6td figs-123person τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν…ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε 1 Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these phrases in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the light, will be with you … while you have me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -JHN 12 35 ughp figs-metaphor περιπατεῖτε 1 Here, Jesus uses **walk** figuratively to refer to how a person lives and behaves. He is telling the crowd to live and act according to the example that he has given them while he has been with them. If this use of **walk** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: \“Behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 12 35 ughp figs-metaphor περιπατεῖτε 1 Here, Jesus uses **walk** figuratively to refer to how a person lives and behaves. He is telling the crowd to live and act according to the example that he has given them while he has been with them. If this use of **walk** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: \\“Behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JHN 12 35 e715 figs-personification ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ 1 Here, Jesus refers to evil as **darkness** figuratively as though it were a person who could **overtake** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way or with a simile. Alternate translation: “so that you do not act sinfully as if the darkness of sin has taken control of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) JHN 12 35 veok figs-metaphor σκοτία 1 Here, Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. See how you translated this term in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JHN 12 35 h0q9 figs-metaphor ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ 1 This phrase figuratively refers to a person who lives a sinful life and behaves sinfully. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who lives sinfully” or “the one who does not behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -2395,6 +2396,8 @@ JHN 19 13 xr6b figs-explicit ὁ…Πειλᾶτος…ἤγαγεν ἔξω τ JHN 19 13 il9r figs-explicit ἐκάθισεν 1 he brought Jesus out Since a person would sit down to teach or make official statements, the phrase **sat down** here implies that Pilate was going to speak to the people about what he had decided to do with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he sat down to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 19 13 qhu4 figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ βήματος 1 in the judgment seat The **judgment seat** was a special chair that a leader sat in when he was making an official judgment. If your language does not use an abstract noun for **judgment**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “in the seat used for judging people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) JHN 19 13 g8h4 figs-activepassive εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον Λιθόστρωτον 1 in a place called “The Pavement,” but If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in a place the people called ‘The Pavement’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 19 13 v2ss figs-explicit Ἑβραϊστὶ 1 in a place called “The Pavement,” but See how you translated this phrase in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 13 xbpv Γαββαθᾶ 1 Here John writes out the sounds of this Jewish Aramaic word with Greek letters. Since John translates the meaning earlier in the verse, you should write out this word using the most similar sounds in your language. JHN 19 14 t5qt writing-background δὲ 1 Now **Now** marks a break in the story line. Here John provides information about the upcoming Passover Festival and the time of day when Pilate presented Jesus to the Jewish leaders. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) JHN 19 14 en2i ὥρα ἦν ὡς ἕκτη 1 the sixth hour In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, **the sixth hour** indicates noon. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about 12:00 PM” JHN 19 14 qi7t figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 the sixth hour Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) @@ -2407,6 +2410,8 @@ JHN 19 16 t3yb writing-pronouns τότε…παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐ JHN 19 16 dw2m figs-activepassive ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the soldiers might crucify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 19 16 j6jg figs-explicit ἀπήγαγον 1 The phrase **led him away** implies that the soldiers led Jesus away in order crucify him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and led him away to be crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 19 17 qv6j figs-activepassive εἰς τὸν λεγόμενον, Κρανίου Τόπον, ὃ λέγεται Ἑβραϊστὶ, Γολγοθᾶ 1 to the place called “The Place of a Skull,” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to the place that the people called ‘The Place of a Skull,’ which the Jews call ‘Golgotha’ in Hebrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 19 17 mwy4 figs-explicit Ἑβραϊστὶ 1 to the place called “The Place of a Skull,” See how you translated this phrase in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 17 hs8e Γολγοθᾶ 1 Here John writes out the sounds of this Jewish Aramaic word with Greek letters. Since John translates the meaning earlier in the verse, you should write out this word using the most similar sounds in your language. JHN 19 18 fb84 figs-ellipsis μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἄλλους δύο 1 with him two other men John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “they also crucified two others with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) JHN 19 19 cx5s figs-explicit ἔγραψεν…καὶ τίτλον ὁ Πειλᾶτος, καὶ ἔθηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross John uses **Pilate** to imply that **Pilate** ordered his soldiers to write the title and put it on the cross. Pilate probably would not have done this himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pilate also commanded his soldiers to write a title on a sign and put it on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 19 19 ziak figs-explicit ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross Here, **the cross** refers specifically to **the cross** that Jesus was crucified on. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the cross that they crucified Jesus on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -2414,7 +2419,8 @@ JHN 19 19 gk8e figs-activepassive ἦν…γεγραμμένον, Ἰησοῦς JHN 19 20 ke3t figs-activepassive ὁ τόπος…ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 the place where Jesus was crucified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the place where they crucified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 19 20 k3mp figs-explicit τῆς πόλεως 1 the place where Jesus was crucified Here, **the city** refers to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the city called Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 19 20 mgb7 figs-activepassive καὶ ἦν γεγραμμένον Ἑβραϊστί, Ῥωμαϊστί, Ἑλληνιστί 1 The sign was written in Hebrew, in Latin, and in Greek If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The one who prepared the sign wrote the words in three languages: Hebrew, Latin, and Greek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 19 20 w41e figs-explicit Ῥωμαϊστί 1 Latin **Latin** was the language spoken by the Roman government and Roman soldiers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the language the Romans used” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 20 bzub figs-explicit Ἑβραϊστί 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 20 w41e figs-explicit Ῥωμαϊστί 1 Latin **Latin** was the language spoken by the Roman government and Roman soldiers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the language spoken by the Romans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 19 21 qk7w figs-explicit ἔλεγον οὖν τῷ Πειλάτῳ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate The chief priests had to go back to Pilate’s headquarters in order to speak to him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then the chief priests of the Jews went back to Pilate and said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 19 21 js2b figs-explicit ἐκεῖνος 1 Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate The Jewish leaders say **That one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “That so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 19 21 ixay figs-quotesinquotes ἐκεῖνος εἶπεν, Βασιλεὺς εἰμι τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “That one said that he is the King of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) @@ -2429,6 +2435,7 @@ JHN 19 24 us8x writing-quotations ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λ JHN 19 24 j1f9 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα 1 so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled the scripture that said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 19 24 yrxw figs-quotemarks διεμερίσαντο τὰ ἱμάτιά μου ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ἱματισμόν μου ἔβαλον κλῆρον 1 so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said In these phrases, John quotes [Psalm 22:19](../../psa/22/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) JHN 19 25 octl figs-possession τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 John is using the possessive form to describe **the cross** on which the soldiers had crucified Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the cross Jesus was crucified on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +JHN 19 25 b38l translate-names Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνή 1 **Mary** is the name of a woman, and **Magdalene** most likely means that she came from the town of Magdala. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JHN 19 26 gkf1 figs-explicit τὸν μαθητὴν…ὃν ἠγάπα 1 the disciple whom he loved See how you translated a similar phrase in [13:23]((./13/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 19 26 mva3 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) JHN 19 26 cxlv γύναι 1 Woman, see, your son See how you translated this word in [2:4](../02/04.md). @@ -2490,66 +2497,118 @@ JHN 19 42 nr4r figs-explicit διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰο JHN 19 42 c70e figs-explicit ἐκεῖ…διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ὅτι ἐγγὺς ἦν τὸ μνημεῖον, ἔθηκαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “they laid Jesus there because of the day of preparation of the Jews and because the tomb was close by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) JHN 19 42 jsyu figs-explicit τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../19/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 19 42 jtfz figs-euphemism ἔθηκαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews John is referring to putting Jesus’ dead body in a tomb as laying him down. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant and accurately describes the Jewish burial practice of laying a dead body on a table inside the tomb. See how you translated a similar expression in [11:34](../11/34.md). Alternate translation: “they entombed Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -JHN 20 intro nm1y 0 # John 20 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The tomb

The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([John 20:1](../../jhn/20/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.

### “Receive the Holy Spirit”

If your language uses the same word for “breath” and “spirit,” be sure that the reader understands that Jesus was performing a symbolic action by breathing, and that what the disciples received was the Holy Spirit, not Jesus’ breath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Rabboni

John used Greek letters to describe the sound of the word, and then he explained that it means “Teacher.” You should do the same, using the letters of your language.

### Jesus’ resurrection body

No one is sure what Jesus’ body looked like after he became alive again. His disciples knew it was Jesus because they could see his face and touch the places where the soldiers had put the nails through his hands and feet, But he could also walk through solid walls and doors. It is best not to try to say more than what the ULT says.

### Two angels in white

Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md)) -JHN 20 1 k5pq 0 General Information: This is the third day after Jesus was buried. -JHN 20 1 a8vl τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων 1 first day of the week Alternate translation: “on Sunday” -JHN 20 1 bdw5 figs-activepassive βλέπει τὸν λίθον ἠρμένον 1 she saw the stone rolled away You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “she saw that someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 20 2 g2rn μαθητὴν ὃν ἐφίλει ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 disciple whom Jesus loved This phrase appears to be the way that John refers to himself throughout his book. Here the word “love” refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member. -JHN 20 2 xd3w figs-explicit ἦραν τὸν Κύριον ἐκ τοῦ μνημείου 1 They took away the Lord out from the tomb Mary Magdalene thinks that someone has stolen the Lord’s body. Alternate translation: “Someone has taken the Lord’s body out of the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 20 3 d6g3 ὁ ἄλλος μαθητής 1 the other disciple John apparently shows his humility by referring to himself here as **the other disciple**, rather than including his name. -JHN 20 5 m9qn ὀθόνια 1 linen cloths These were the burial cloths that people had used to wrap the body of Jesus. -JHN 20 6 ys3b ὀθόνια 1 linen cloths These were the burial cloths that people had used to wrap the body of Jesus. See how you translated this in [John 20:5](../20/05.md). -JHN 20 7 qt5a figs-activepassive τὸ σουδάριον, ὃ ἦν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ 1 cloth that had been on his head Here, **his head** refers to “Jesus’ head.” You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the cloth that someone had used to cover Jesus’ face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 20 7 yc78 figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ χωρὶς ἐντετυλιγμένον εἰς ἕνα τόπον 1 but was folded up in a place by itself You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “but someone had folded it and put it aside, separate from the linen cloths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 20 8 vl84 ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς 1 the other disciple John apparently expresses his humility by referring to himself as “the other disciple,” rather than including his name in this book. -JHN 20 8 ww3z figs-explicit εἶδεν καὶ ἐπίστευσεν 1 he saw and believed When John **saw** that the tomb was empty, he **believed** that Jesus had risen from the dead. Alternate translation: “he saw these things and began to believe that Jesus had risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 20 9 ms3s figs-explicit οὐδέπω…ᾔδεισαν τὴν Γραφὴν 1 they still did not know the scripture Here the word **they** refers to the disciples who did not **understand the scripture** that said Jesus would rise again. Alternate translation: “the disciples still did not understand the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 20 9 u5q9 ἀναστῆναι 1 rise become alive again -JHN 20 9 p651 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. -JHN 20 10 p5um figs-explicit ἀπῆλθον…πάλιν πρὸς αὑτοὺς 1 went back home again The disciples continued to stay in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “went back to where they were staying in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 20 12 p9aw figs-explicit θεωρεῖ δύο ἀγγέλους ἐν λευκοῖς 1 She saw two angels in white The angels were wearing **white** clothing. Alternate translation: “she saw two angels dressed in white clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 20 13 v5uj λέγουσιν αὐτῇ ἐκεῖνοι 1 They said to her Alternate translation: “they asked her” -JHN 20 13 hmx8 ὅτι ἦραν τὸν Κύριόν μου 1 Because they took away my Lord Alternate translation: “Because they took away the body of my Lord” -JHN 20 13 aq3x οὐκ οἶδα ποῦ ἔθηκαν αὐτόν 1 I do not know where they have put him Alternate translation: “I do not know where they have put his body” -JHN 20 15 le9x λέγει αὐτῇ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus said to her Alternate translation: “Jesus asked her” -JHN 20 15 ml7c figs-explicit κύριε, εἰ σὺ ἐβάστασας αὐτόν 1 Sir, if you have taken him away Here the word **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “if you have taken away the body of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 20 15 z97i εἰπέ μοι ποῦ ἔθηκας αὐτόν 1 tell me where you have put him Alternate translation: “tell me where you have put his body” -JHN 20 15 a5z2 figs-explicit κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἀρῶ 1 I will take him away Mary Magdalene wants to get Jesus’ body and bury it again. Alternate translation: “I will get the body and bury it again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 20 16 k468 Ραββουνεί 1 Rabboni The word **Rabboni** means rabbi or teacher in Aramaic, the language that Jesus and his disciples spoke. -JHN 20 17 whh9 τοὺς ἀδελφούς 1 brothers Jesus used the word **brothers** to refer to his disciples. -JHN 20 17 xbr1 figs-explicit ἀναβαίνω πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου, καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν 1 I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God Jesus rose from the dead and then predicted he would go up into heaven, back to his Father, who is God. Alternate translation: “I am about to return to heaven to be with my Father and your Father, to the one who is my God and your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 20 17 q3x5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν 1 my Father and your Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God, and between believers and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 20 18 m6xn figs-explicit ἔρχεται Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ ἀγγέλλουσα τοῖς μαθηταῖς 1 Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples **Mary Magdalene** went to where the disciples were staying and told them what she had seen and heard. Alternate translation: “Mary Magdalene went to where the disciples were and told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 20 19 m5nt 0 General Information: It is now evening and Jesus appears to the disciples. -JHN 20 19 qj6n ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ τῇ μιᾷ σαββάτων 1 that day, the first day of the week This refers to Sunday. -JHN 20 19 e7cb figs-activepassive τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων ὅπου ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 the doors of where the disciples were, were closed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the disciples had locked the doors where they were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 20 19 g8bu figs-explicit διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who might arrest the disciples. Alternate translation: “because they were afraid that the Jewish leaders might arrest them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 20 19 zj7j εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace.” -JHN 20 20 bk9f figs-explicit ἔδειξεν τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῖς 1 he showed them his hands and his side Jesus showed the disciples his wounds. Alternate translation: “he showed them the wounds in his hands and his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 20 21 ylp8 εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace.” +JHN 20 intro nm1y 0 # John 20 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Mary Magdalene, Peter, and John go to Jesus’ tomb and find it empty (20:1–10)\n2. Mary Magdalene meets Jesus (20:11–18)\n3. Ten disciples meet Jesus (20:19–25)\n4. Thomas meets Jesus (20:26–29)\n5. John states the purpose for this Gospel (20:30–31)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([20:1](../20/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was a room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could look inside or enter.\n\n### “Receive the Holy Spirit”\n\nIf your language uses the same word for “breath” and “spirit,” be sure that the reader understands that Jesus was performing a symbolic action by breathing, and that what the disciples received was the Holy Spirit, not Jesus’ breath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Rabboni\n\nJohn used Greek letters to describe the sound of this Aramaic word. Then he explained that it means “Teacher.” You should do the same, using the letters of your language.\n\n### Jesus’ resurrection body\n\nWe do not know what Jesus’ body looked like after he became alive again. His disciples knew he was Jesus because they could see his face and touch the places where the soldiers had put the nails through his hands and feet and pierced his side. However, he could also walk through solid walls and doors and sometimes people didn’t recognize him. It is best not to say more than what the ULT says about Jesus’ resurrection body.\n\n### Two angels in white\n\nMatthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels appeared in human forms. Two of the Gospel authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT rather than trying to make the passages all say the exact same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md)) +JHN 20 1 a8vl figs-explicit τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων 1 first day of the week John uses **first** to imply the **first** day of the week. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 20 1 sb4m translate-ordinal τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων 1 first day of the week Here John is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” to mean **first**. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +JHN 20 1 qj3j translate-names Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ 1 See how you translated this name in [19:25](../19/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +JHN 20 1 gqn8 figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται…βλέπει 1 first day of the week Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n +JHN 20 1 bdw5 figs-activepassive βλέπει τὸν λίθον ἠρμένον 1 she saw the stone rolled away If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “sees that someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 20 2 wn0k figs-pastforfuture τρέχει…ἔρχεται…λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +JHN 20 2 g2rn figs-explicit μαθητὴν ὃν ἐφίλει ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 disciple whom Jesus loved This phrase refers to the apostle John who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John. See also how you translated similar phrases in [13:23](../13/23.md) and [18:15](../18/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 20 2 jm40 figs-123person αὐτοῖς 1 disciple whom Jesus loved If you translated **the other disciple whom Jesus loved** with a first person form, then you will need to use the first person plural “us” here. Alternate translation: “to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +JHN 20 2 igzt writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 disciple whom Jesus loved If you translated **the other disciple whom Jesus loved** with a third person form and your language marks the dual form, then the pronoun **them** here would be in the dual form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +JHN 20 2 mkmh figs-synecdoche τὸν Κύριον…αὐτόν 1 disciple whom Jesus loved Here, Mary speaks of Jesus’ dead body as if it were Jesus himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s body … it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 20 2 xd3w figs-exclusive οὐκ οἴδαμεν ποῦ ἔθηκαν αὐτόν 1 When Mary says **we**, she is speaking of herself and some women who came to the tomb with her. These women are mentioned in [Matthew 28:1](../../mat/28/01.md); [Mark 16:1](../../mrk/16/01.md); and [Luke 24:1](../../luk/24/01.md), [10](../../luk/24/10.md), [24](../../luk/24/24.md). Since she is not speaking of the two disciples, **we** is exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +JHN 20 3 d6g3 figs-explicit ὁ ἄλλος μαθητής 1 the other disciple See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 20 3 ci46 figs-verbs ἐξῆλθεν…ἤρχοντο 1 If you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse with a third person form and your language marks the dual form, then the verbs **went out** and **went** here would be in the dual form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]]) +JHN 20 3 jgzx figs-explicit ἤρχοντο 1 the other disciple If you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse with a first person singular form, then you will need to use the first person plural “we” here. Alternate translation: “we went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +JHN 20 3 g0ky writing-pronouns ἤρχοντο 1 the other disciple If you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse with a third person form and your language marks the dual form, then the pronoun **they** here would be in the dual form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +JHN 20 4 c5kr figs-123person ἔτρεχον…οἱ δύο ὁμοῦ, καὶ ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς προέδραμεν τάχειον 1 the other disciple If you translated **the other disciple** with a first person form in [verse 2](../20/02.md), then you will need to use first person pronouns in this verse. Alternate translation: “we were running together, and I quickly ran ahead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +JHN 20 4 sc6u figs-explicit ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς 1 the other disciple See how you translated this phrase in [verse 2](../20/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 20 5 jbbz figs-123person βλέπει…οὐ μέντοι εἰσῆλθεν 1 linen cloths If you translated **the other disciple** with a first person form in the previous verse, then you will need to use first person pronouns in this verse. Alternate translation: “I see … but I did not enter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +JHN 20 5 wm6r figs-pastforfuture βλέπει 1 linen cloths Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +JHN 20 5 m9qn translate-unknown ὀθόνια 1 linen cloths Wrapping a dead body in strips of cloth was the burial custom in this culture. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for chapter 19. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the linen cloths that they had wrapped Jesus’ body in for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n +JHN 20 6 gw25 figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται…θεωρεῖ 1 linen cloths Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +JHN 20 6 rjux figs-123person αὐτῷ 1 linen cloths If you translated **the other disciple** with a first person form in [verse 4](../20/04.md), then you will need to use the first person “me” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +JHN 20 6 ys3b translate-unknown ὀθόνια 1 linen cloths See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +JHN 20 7 qt5a figs-activepassive τὸ σουδάριον, ὃ ἦν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ 1 cloth that had been on his head If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the cloth that someone had put on his head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 20 7 lw33 writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **his** refers to Jesus, not to Peter or John. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +JHN 20 7 v9yg translate-unknown ὀθονίων 1 See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +JHN 20 7 yc78 figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ χωρὶς ἐντετυλιγμένον εἰς ἕνα τόπον 1 but was folded up in a place by itself If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but someone had folded it up in one place by itself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 20 8 vl84 figs-explicit ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς 1 the other disciple See how you translated this phrase in [verse 2](../20/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 20 8 b7h5 figs-123person εἰσῆλθεν…καὶ εἶδεν καὶ ἐπίστευσεν 1 the other disciple If you translated **the other disciple** with a first person form in this verse, then you will need to use the first person throughout this verse. Alternate translation: “went in, and I saw and I believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +JHN 20 8 ww3z figs-ellipsis εἶδεν 1 he saw and believed John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “he saw the linen cloths where Jesus’ body had lain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +JHN 20 8 eydm figs-ellipsis ἐπίστευσεν 1 he saw and believed John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “he believed that Jesus had risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\n +JHN 20 9 jywe writing-background γὰρ 1 they still did not know the scripture **For** here indicates that this verse provides background information about the kind of belief that was mentioned in the previous clause. **For** here does not indicate a reason or cause. At that time, the disciples believed Jesus had risen from the dead only because the tomb was empty. They still did not understand that the scriptures said Jesus would rise from the dead. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “But even then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n +JHN 20 9 u5q9 figs-idiom ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι 1 rise Here, **rise from the dead** is an idiom that refers to a dead person becoming alive again. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “become alive after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JHN 20 10 p5um figs-explicit ἀπῆλθον…πάλιν πρὸς αὑτοὺς 1 went back home again Since the disciples were staying within walking distance of Jesus’ tomb, the **homes** they went to must have been in Jerusalem. They did not go back to their homes in Galilee. Alternate translation: “went back to where they were staying in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 20 11 kmzj figs-explicit Μαρία 1 **Mary** here refers to **Mary** Magdalene. See how you translated this name in [19:25](../19/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 20 12 bl51 figs-pastforfuture θεωρεῖ 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +JHN 20 12 p9aw figs-explicit δύο ἀγγέλους ἐν λευκοῖς 1 She saw two angels in white Here, **white** refers to the color of the clothing that the angels were wearing. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “two angels in white clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 20 12 vzkb figs-explicit ἕνα πρὸς τῇ κεφαλῇ, καὶ ἕνα πρὸς τοῖς ποσίν, ὅπου ἔκειτο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 She saw two angels in white Here, **at the head** and **at the feet** refer to the locations in the tomb where Jesus head and feet used to be. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “one at the place of his head and one at the place of his feet where the body of Jesus had been” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 20 12 r6yy figs-activepassive ἔκειτο 1 She saw two angels in white If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone had laid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 20 13 v5uj figs-pastforfuture λέγουσιν…λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +JHN 20 13 hjqb γύναι 1 See how you translated the similar use of **Woman** in [2:4](../02/04.md) and [4:21](../04/21.md). +JHN 20 13 hmx8 figs-synecdoche τὸν Κύριόν μου…αὐτόν 1 Because they took away my Lord Here, Mary speaks of Jesus’ dead body as if it were Jesus himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “my Lord’s body … it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 20 15 le9x figs-pastforfuture λέγει…λέγει 1 Jesus said to her Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +JHN 20 15 jti2 γύναι 1 See how you translated this word in the previous verse. +JHN 20 15 ml7c figs-synecdoche αὐτόν…αὐτόν…αὐτὸν 1 Here, Mary speaks of Jesus’ dead body as if it were Jesus himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “my Lord’s body … it … it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 20 15 a5z2 figs-explicit κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἀρῶ 1 I will take him away Here Mary Magdalene implies that she would **take** Jesus’ body **away** and bury it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I will take him away and bury him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 20 16 p9v0 figs-pastforfuture λέγει…λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +JHN 20 16 kepb figs-infostructure Ἑβραϊστί, Ραββουνεί (ὃ λέγεται, Διδάσκαλε) 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “‘Rabboni’ (which means ‘Teacher’ in Hebrew)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +JHN 20 16 dgjf figs-explicit Ἑβραϊστί 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 20 16 k468 Ραββουνεί 1 Rabboni Here John writes out the sounds of this Jewish Aramaic word with Greek letters. Since John translates the meaning later in the verse, you should write out this word using the most similar sounds in your language. +JHN 20 17 dzs7 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +JHN 20 17 q3x5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα…τὸν Πατέρα μου…Πατέρα ὑμῶν 1 my Father and your Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 20 17 whh9 figs-explicit τοὺς ἀδελφούς μου 1 brothers Jesus used the word **my brothers** here to refer to his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “my disciples who are like brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 20 17 dokk figs-quotesinquotes εἰπὲ αὐτοῖς, ἀναβαίνω πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου, καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν 1 brothers If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “say to them that I go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +JHN 20 17 hogb figs-pastforfuture ἀναβαίνω 1 I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God Here Jesus uses the present tense **I go up** to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “I will go up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+JHN 20 17 xbr1 figs-doublet πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου, καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν 1 I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God These two long phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize to whom Jesus will return to. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “to God, who is my Father and your Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])\n +JHN 20 18 unzu figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +JHN 20 18 m6xn figs-go ἔρχεται Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ 1 Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples Your language may say “goes” rather than **comes** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Mary Magdalene goes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +JHN 20 18 zf17 figs-ellipsis ἔρχεται Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ 1 Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Mary Magdalene comes to where the disciples were staying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +JHN 20 19 qj6n figs-explicit τῇ μιᾷ σαββάτων 1 that day, the first day of the week See how you translated **the first of the week** in [verse 1](../20/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 20 19 hh2g translate-ordinal τῇ μιᾷ σαββάτων 1 that day, the first day of the week Here John is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” to mean **first**. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])\n +JHN 20 19 e7cb figs-activepassive τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων ὅπου ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 the doors of where the disciples were, were closed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the disciples having closed the doors of where they were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 20 19 g8bu figs-possession διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews See how you translated this phrase in [19:38](../19/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n +JHN 20 19 qsmq figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 20 19 zj7j figs-idiom εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you This is an idiomatic expression, based on the Hebrew word and concept of “shalom.” It was both a greeting and a blessing. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I greet all of you and I wish for God to bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n +JHN 20 20 bk9f figs-metonymy ἔδειξεν τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῖς 1 he showed them his hands and his side John uses **his hands" to refer to the nail marks from crucifixion that were in Jesus’ **hands**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he showed them the nail marks in his hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 20 20 a444 figs-metonymy τὴν πλευρὰν 1 he showed them his hands and his side John uses **his side** to refer to the wound that a roman soldier made in Jesus’ **side** with a spear. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the spear wound in his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 20 20 nb0v grammar-connect-logic-result ἰδόντες τὸν Κύριον 1 he showed them his hands and his side This could refer to: (1) the time when the disciples rejoiced, as in the UST. (2) the reason why the disciples rejoiced. Alternate translation: “because they saw the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +JHN 20 21 ylp8 figs-idiom εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JHN 20 21 env3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατήρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 20 23 a9j7 figs-activepassive ἀφέωνται αὐτοῖς 1 they are forgiven You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 20 23 lb7g ἄν τινων κρατῆτε 1 whoever’s sins you keep back Alternate translation: “if you do not forgive another’s sins” -JHN 20 23 mw5s figs-activepassive κεκράτηνται 1 they are kept back You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will not forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 20 24 x8jz translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus **Didymus** is a male name that means “twin.” See how this name is translated in [John 11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -JHN 20 25 n8vc ἔλεγον…αὐτῷ οἱ ἄλλοι μαθηταί 1 disciples later said to him The word **him** refers to Thomas. -JHN 20 25 i7ex figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω 1 Unless I see … his side, I will not believe You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “I will believe only if I see in his hands the mark of the nails, and put my finger into the mark of the nails, and put my hand into his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -JHN 20 25 ss17 ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ…εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ 1 in his hands … into his side The word **his** refers to Jesus. -JHN 20 26 vzm5 οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples The word **his** refers to Jesus. -JHN 20 26 r3iz figs-activepassive τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων 1 while the doors were closed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “when they had locked the doors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 20 26 m5tl εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace.” -JHN 20 27 ncc3 figs-doublenegatives μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός 1 Do not be unbelieving, but believe Jesus uses the double negative “Do not be unbelieving” to emphasize the words that follow, “but believe.” If your language does not allow double negatives or the reader would not understand that Jesus is emphasizing the words that follow, you can leave these words untranslated. Alternate translation: “this is what is most important for you to do: you must believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -JHN 20 27 n4pi figs-explicit πιστός 1 believe Here, “believe” means to trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “put your trust in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 20 29 q81m figs-explicit πεπίστευκας 1 you have believed Thomas believes that Jesus is alive because he has seen him. Alternate translation: “you have believed that I am alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 20 29 zgv1 μακάριοι οἱ 1 Blessed are those This means “God gives great happiness to those.” -JHN 20 29 q9fb figs-explicit μὴ ἰδόντες 1 who have not seen This means those who have not seen Jesus. Alternate translation: “who have not seen me alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 20 30 yd1j writing-endofstory 0 General Information: As the story is nearing the end, the author comments about the many things Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) +JHN 20 21 hw1z figs-infostructure καθὼς ἀπέσταλκέν με ὁ Πατήρ, κἀγὼ πέμπω ὑμᾶς 1 Father If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “I send you just as the Father has sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +JHN 20 21 vhzq figs-ellipsis ἀπέσταλκέν…πέμπω 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “has sent me into the world … send you into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +JHN 20 22 vjs8 translate-symaction ἐνεφύσησεν 1 Jesus did this symbolic action in order to show that he would give his disciples the **Holy Spirit** in the near future. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain its significance. Alternate translation: “he breathed on them as a symbolic action” or “he breathed on them to symbolically show that he was going to give them the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n +JHN 20 22 avgi figs-explicit ἐνεφύσησεν 1 Here, **breathed on** refers to Jesus blowing air out of his mouth. It does not refer to the normal act of inhaling and exhaling air into one’s lungs. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he blew air on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 20 22 v9el figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +JHN 20 23 a9j7 figs-activepassive ἀφέωνται αὐτοῖς 1 they are forgiven If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 20 23 lb7g figs-explicit ἄν τινων κρατῆτε, κεκράτηνται 1 To retain **sins** means to not forgive someone for the **sins** that they have committed. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever’s sins you might not forgive, they will not be forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 20 23 mw5s figs-activepassive κεκράτηνται 1 they are kept back If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will retain them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 20 24 ogqd translate-names Θωμᾶς 1 See how you translated this name in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +JHN 20 24 wqyb figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated this in [6:67](../06/67.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +JHN 20 24 krgw figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος 1 Didymus If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people called Didymus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 20 24 x8jz translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus See how you translated this name in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +JHN 20 25 n8vc figs-infostructure ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not believe, unless I see in his hands the mark of the nails, and put my finger into the mark of the nails, and put my hand into his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +JHN 20 25 i7ex figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω 1 Unless I see … his side, I will not believe If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I will believe only if I see in his hands the mark of the nails, and put my finger into the mark of the nails, and put my hand into his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +JHN 20 25 ss17 figs-possession τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων…τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων 2 Thomas is using the possessive form to describe **marks** that were made by **nails**. He is referring to the holes in Jesus’ hands that were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. Alternate translation: “the marks made by nails … those marks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n +JHN 20 25 xasr figs-metonymy εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **his side** in [verse 20](../20/20md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 20 25 iqn0 figs-ellipsis οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω 1 Thomas is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not believe that Jesus has become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +JHN 20 26 vzm5 figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +JHN 20 26 r3iz figs-activepassive τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων 1 while the doors were closed See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../20/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 20 26 m5tl figs-idiom εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you See how you translated this in [verse 19](../20/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JHN 20 27 j85h figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +JHN 20 27 xgwl figs-explicit ὧδε 1 Jesus uses **here** to refer to the places on his **hands** where there were holes. These holes in Jesus’ **hands** were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in these holes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 20 27 ai73 figs-metonymy τὰς χεῖράς μου 1 Jesus uses **my hands" to refer to the holes in Jesus’ **hands** that were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the nail marks in my hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 20 27 tax6 figs-metonymy τὴν πλευράν μου 1 Jesus uses **my side** to refer to the wound that a roman soldier made in his **side** with a spear. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the speak wound in his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 20 27 ncc3 figs-doublet μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός 1 Do not be unbelieving, but believe These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus wants Thomas to believe that he has become alive again. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you absolutely must believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +JHN 20 27 n4pi figs-ellipsis μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός 1 believe Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “do not be unbelieving that I have become alive again, but believe it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +JHN 20 29 zgv1 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +JHN 20 29 q81m figs-ellipsis πεπίστευκας…πιστεύσαντες 1 you have believed Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you have believed that I have become alive again … having believed it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +JHN 20 29 sax7 figs-activepassive μακάριοι οἱ μὴ ἰδόντες 1 you have believed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God blesses those not having seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 20 29 q9fb figs-ellipsis μὴ ἰδόντες 1 who have not seen Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “not having seen me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +JHN 20 30 yd1j writing-endofstory 0 General Information: In verses 30–31 John comments about the story he has written in chapters 1 through 20. He also states his reason for writing this book. He does this in order to indicate that the story is almost finished. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) JHN 20 30 azxu σημεῖα 1 See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles” -JHN 20 30 xz6j figs-activepassive ἃ οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ 1 signs that have not been written in this book You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “signs that the author did not write about in this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 20 31 am9l figs-activepassive ταῦτα δὲ γέγραπται 1 but these have been written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but the author wrote about these signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 20 30 xz6j figs-activepassive ἃ οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ 1 signs that have not been written in this book If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since John wrote this Gospel, you should use the first person pronoun “I” to indicate who did the action. Alternate translation: “which I have not written in this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 20 31 zlc5 figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** could mean: (1) the miraculous signs that John wrote about in his Gospel and mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “these signs” (2) everything that John wrote about in his Gospel. Alternate translation: “everything in this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 20 31 am9l figs-activepassive ταῦτα δὲ γέγραπται 1 but these have been written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but the author wrote about these signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 20 31 mlqg figs-you πιστεύητε…ἔχητε 1 but these have been written In this verse **you** is plural and could refer to: (1) people who are reading this Gospel and do not trust in Jesus for salvation. Alternate translation: “you might believe … you might have” (2) people who are reading this Gospel and already believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “you would continue believing … you would continue to have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) JHN 20 31 p5k4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 20 31 uem2 figs-metonymy ζωὴν…ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 life in his name Here, **life** is a metonym that means Jesus gives life. Alternate translation: “you may have life because of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 20 31 ip1i ζωὴν 1 life This here refers to spiritual life. +JHN 20 31 uem2 figs-ellipsis πιστεύοντες 1 life in his name Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “believing that Jesus is the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +JHN 20 31 ip1i figs-explicit ζωὴν 1 life Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n +JHN 20 31 vgwe figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **in** indicates the means by which people can have eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of his name” \n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 20 31 qxdy figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 life in his name Here, **his name** could refer to: (1) Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “through union with him” or “by the power of his person” (2) calling on Jesus’ name for salvation. Alternate translation: “by calling on his name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) JHN 21 intro e1bg 0 # John 21 General Notes

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### The metaphor of sheep

Before Jesus died, he spoke of himself taking care of his people as if he were a good shepherd taking care of sheep ([John 10:11](../../jhn/10/11.md)). After he became alive again, he told Peter that Peter would be the one who took care of Jesus’ sheep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JHN 21 1 et5h writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus shows himself again to the disciples at the Sea of Tiberias. Verses 2 and 3 tell us what happens in the story before Jesus appears. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) JHN 21 1 yj6k μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things Alternate translation: “Some time later” diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index e0a675d18c..370b3f1f5a 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -383,6 +383,7 @@ ROM 2 21 vy0h figs-rquestion 1 Here Paul transitions from his description of J ROM 2 21 rftq figs-infostructure οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a hypothetical response to the clause “if you name yourself a Jew” in [2:17](../02/17.md). Paul wants to show that what the Jews believe and how they live are in contrast. Alternate translation: “if all this is really true, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 2 21 uq9y grammar-collectivenouns ἕτερον 1 You who teach others, do you not teach yourself? Here, **other** is a singular pronoun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular pronouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 2 21 hl38 figs-rpronouns σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Paul uses the word **yourself** to emphasize how hypocritical the Jews are. Use a way that is natural in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “shouldn't you do what you teach others to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) +ROM 2 22 vb45 figs-explicit ἱεροσυλεῖς 1 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? The implication is that the **temples** the Jews **rob** are where **idols** are kept and worshipped. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do you rob temples where idols are kept” or “should you actually enter an idol temple and rob it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])* ROM 2 23 grr3 figs-metaphor ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι 1 You who boast in the law, do you dishonor God by breaking the law? Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were boasting inside of **the law**. He means that the Jews brag that they are the only nation who knows God’s law (See the same verb in [2:17](../02/17.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **boast in the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “You, who brag that you are the only ones who know God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 23 z80m figs-parallelism ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου 1 These two phrases, **boast in the law** and **the transgression of the law**, mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jews. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 23 ob98 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **transgression** with a verbal from or another way. Alternate translation: “by breaking the law” or “by transgressing God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -482,10 +483,26 @@ ROM 3 7 pgus figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If your language does no ROM 3 8 kb9d figs-infostructure καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά? 1 as we are falsely reported to say If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “And not, ‘Let us do evil, so that good may come,’ just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm we say?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 3 8 wr3g figs-ellipsis καὶ μὴ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And why not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 8 g19d grammar-connect-words-phrases καθὼς…καθώς 1 Paul is using **just as** to emphasize the fact that certain people are spreading false rumors about the apostles’ teaching. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “in the way … in the way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-exclusive βλασφημούμεθα… ἡμᾶς…ποιήσωμεν 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”? Here, **we** and **us** exclusively speaks of Paul and his fellow apostles to the Gentiles. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us apostles … us apostles … We apostles should do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])* +ROM 3 8 m5xx figs-parallelism καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how badly these people spread rumors against the apostles. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “like some people slanderously report that we say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])* +ROM 3 8 cn1c figs-activepassive βλασφημούμεθα 1 The judgment on them is just If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us” or “some people keep slandering us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])* +ROM 3 8 h68w figs-explicit τινες 1 Paul implies that **some** could refer to: (1) Jewish unbelievers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish unbelievers” or “some Jews who reject Jesus” (2) Jewish believers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish believers who reject the Gentile inclusion in the Church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])* +ROM 3 8 qc9n figs-quotations ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά 1 This is a false quotation of something rumored that Paul and the apostles say or teach. If it would be more natural in your language, you could make it an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that we should do evil, so that good may come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
* +ROM 3 8 uocy figs-imperative ποιήσωμεν 1 Here, **Let us do** is used as an imperative that communicates an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates an appeal. Alternate translation: “We should do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])* +ROM 3 8 ukgb figs-nominaladj τὰ κακὰ…τὰ ἀγαθά 1 Paul is using the adjectives **evil** and **good** as nouns in order to describe things or actions. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “things that are evil … things that are good” or “evil things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])* +ROM 3 8 r0d8 figs-abstractnouns τὰ κακὰ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are evil” or “what is bad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
* +ROM 3 8 bs94 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which these Jews falsely accuse them of saying **Let us do evil**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])* +ROM 3 8 vd6y figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἀγαθά 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are good” or “what is beneficial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])* +ROM 3 8 o2nu writing-pronouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The pronoun **their* refers to the same blaspheming people as **some**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “These people are justly condemned” or “These people who blaspheme are deservedly condemned” or “It is fair to judge these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])* +ROM 3 8 zwlg figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **condemnation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “When they are condemned, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])* ROM 3 9 z3wu figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Here Paul concludes his series of rhetorical questions by using the same phrase ** What then** that he began with in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 9 ajj8 figs-exclusive προεχόμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:1,5](../03/01.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Are we Jews better off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
ROM 3 9 g85q figs-exclamations οὐ πάντως 1 Not at all **Not at all** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong negative. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this idea. Alternate translation: “Absolutely not!” or “In no way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 9 gfa3 figs-ellipsis οὐ πάντως 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We are not better off at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 3 9 drcx figs-exclusive προῃτιασάμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellows apostles (See [3:8](../03/08.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we apostles have already accused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])* +ROM 3 9 fia9 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 What then? Are we excusing ourselves? Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why he and the Jews are not **excusing** themselves. Use a natural way in your language to express the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])* +ROM 3 9 q88t figs-merism Ἰουδαίους τε καὶ Ἕλληνας 1 Paul figuratively refers to **Jews** and **Greeks**, using these types of people in order to include all of humanity (See the same phrase in [2:09](../02/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “both Jewish and non-Jewish people” or “both the Jewish people and the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])* +ROM 3 9 s0px figs-metaphor πάντας ὑφ’ ἁμαρτίαν εἶναι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were a weight that **all** people are underneath. He means that **all** types of people are controlled or dominated or cursed by a tendency to **sin**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **be under sin** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “that they are all controlled by living sinfully” or “that they are all cursed to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])* ROM 3 10 u88n writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written In Paul’s culture, **just as it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text. In [3:10–18](../03/10.md) Paul quotes from Old Testament books of Psalms, Proverbs, and Isaiah. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “just as the Old Testament says” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) ROM 3 10 yt5d figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not** one type of person is **righteous**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who can possibly make themselves right with God” or “There is absolutely no one who is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 10 bscu figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **none righteous** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no righteous people, not any people” or “There is no righteous person, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) @@ -506,8 +523,11 @@ ROM 3 13 daji grammar-collectivenouns ὁ λάρυγξ 1 The word **throat** is ROM 3 13 pemg figs-personification ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν 1 Here, **tongues** are spoken of figuratively as though they were a person who could deceive someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “These people say deceptive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Paul speaks figuratively of these people’s **lips** as if they contained poison like an **asp**. He means that the things they say cause harm like deadly venom. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The things they say injure other people like a snake bite” or “The things they say are deadly, like an asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 3 13 b4bp figs-possession ἰὸς ἀσπίδων 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **poison** that comes from **asps**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “asp’s” instead of the noun “asp.” Alternate translation: “Asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 14 df77 figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **cursing** and **bitterness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “They continually curse and regularly say harsh things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])* ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with their **mouth**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “The things they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 14 j0sg figs-metaphor ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **cursing and bitterness** as if these concepts were items with which people could fill or load their **mouth**. He means that these people habitually curse and say bitter things against others. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **full of cursing and bitterness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “They habitually curse and say bitter things against others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 14 wtey grammar-collectivenouns ὧν τὸ στόμα…γέμει 1 The word **mouth** is a singular noun that refers to the mouths of a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use the plural like the UST or another way. Alternate translation: “What they say is full” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])* +ROM 3 14 wisb figs-hendiadys ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **bitterness** tells how these people curse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “bitter cursing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) ROM 3 15 quph figs-metaphor ὀξεῖς οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν, ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **feet** as if they were hands holding something that contains **blood** and pouring it out. He means that these people are bloodthirsty. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **to pour out blood** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “They hurry to slaughter others” or “They are quick to murder” or “They are bloodthirsty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet are swift to pour out blood Paul refers figuratively to **Their feet**, a part of the human body, to mean the whole person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “These people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM 3 15 kfio figs-ellipsis ὀξεῖς 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -1545,24 +1565,4 @@ ROM 16 26 d7r5 figs-doublet φανερωθέντος δὲ νῦν διά τε ROM 16 26 efyy figs-activepassive φανερωθέντος δὲ νῦν διά τε Γραφῶν προφητικῶν, κατ’ ἐπιταγὴν τοῦ αἰωνίου Θεοῦ εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως, εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη γνωρισθέντος 1 You can combine the verbs **revealed** and **made known** in an active form. Alternate translation: “but now the eternal God has made it known to all the nations through the prophetic writings so that people would believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 16 26 lc6d figs-abstractnouns εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 to bring about the obedience of faith Here, **obedience** and **faith** are abstract nouns. You can use the verbs “obey” and “trust” in your translation. Alternate translation: “so that all nations will believe and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 16 26 cvi3 figs-explicit εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 You may need to make explicit who will obey and trust. Alternate translation: “so that all nations will obey God because they trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 16 27 qmj7 figs-explicit μόνῳ σοφῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν! 1 To the only wise God … be glory forever. Amen Here, **through Jesus Christ** refers to what Jesus did. To give **glory** means to praise God. Alternate translation: “Because of what Jesus Christ has done for us, we will praise forever the one who alone is God and who alone is wise. Amen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 2 22 vb45 figs-explicit ἱεροσυλεῖς 1 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? The implication is that the **temples** the Jews **rob** are where **idols** are kept and worshipped. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do you rob temples where idols are kept” or “should you actually enter an idol temple and rob it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-exclusive βλασφημούμεθα… ἡμᾶς…ποιήσωμεν 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”? Here, **we** and **us** exclusively speaks of Paul and his fellow apostles to the Gentiles. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us apostles … us apostles … We apostles should do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 3 8 m5xx figs-parallelism καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how badly these people spread rumors against the apostles. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “like some people slanderously report that we say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 3 8 cn1c figs-activepassive βλασφημούμεθα 1 The judgment on them is just If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us” or “some people keep slandering us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 3 8 h68w figs-explicit τινες 1 Paul implies that **some** could refer to: (1) Jewish unbelievers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish unbelievers” or “some Jews who reject Jesus” (2) Jewish believers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish believers who reject the Gentile inclusion in the Church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 3 8 qc9n figs-quotations ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά 1 This is a false quotation of something rumored that Paul and the apostles say or teach. If it would be more natural in your language, you could make it an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that we should do evil, so that good may come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
-ROM 3 8 uocy figs-imperative ποιήσωμεν 1 Here, **Let us do** is used as an imperative that communicates an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates an appeal. Alternate translation: “We should do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) -ROM 3 8 ukgb figs-nominaladj τὰ κακὰ…τὰ ἀγαθά 1 Paul is using the adjectives **evil** and **good** as nouns in order to describe things or actions. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “things that are evil … things that are good” or “evil things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ROM 3 8 r0d8 figs-abstractnouns τὰ κακὰ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are evil” or “what is bad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-ROM 3 8 bs94 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which these Jews falsely accuse them of saying **Let us do evil**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 3 8 vd6y figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἀγαθά 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are good” or “what is beneficial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 8 o2nu writing-pronouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The pronoun **their* refers to the same blaspheming people as **some**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “These people are justly condemned” or “These people who blaspheme are deservedly condemned” or “It is fair to judge these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 3 8 zwlg figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **condemnation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “When they are condemned, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 9 fia9 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 What then? Are we excusing ourselves? Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why he and the Jews are not **excusing** themselves. Use a natural way in your language to express the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 3 9 drcx figs-exclusive προῃτιασάμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellows apostles (See [3:8](../03/08.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we apostles have already accused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 3 9 q88t figs-merism Ἰουδαίους τε καὶ Ἕλληνας 1 Paul figuratively refers to **Jews** and **Greeks**, using these types of people in order to include all of humanity (See the same phrase in [2:09](../02/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “both Jewish and non-Jewish people” or “both the Jewish people and the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -ROM 3 14 df77 figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **cursing** and **bitterness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “They continually curse and regularly say harsh things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 9 s0px figs-metaphor πάντας ὑφ’ ἁμαρτίαν εἶναι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were a weight that **all** people are underneath. He means that **all** types of people are controlled or dominated or cursed by a tendency to **sin**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **be under sin** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “that they are all controlled by living sinfully” or “that they are all cursed to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 14 wtey grammar-collectivenouns ὧν τὸ στόμα…γέμει 1 The word **mouth** is a singular noun that refers to the mouths of a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use the plural like the UST or another way. Alternate translation: “What they say is full” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -ROM 3 14 wisb figs-hendiadys ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **bitterness** tells how these people curse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “bitter cursing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) +ROM 16 27 qmj7 figs-explicit μόνῳ σοφῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν! 1 To the only wise God … be glory forever. Amen Here, **through Jesus Christ** refers to what Jesus did. To give **glory** means to praise God. Alternate translation: “Because of what Jesus Christ has done for us, we will praise forever the one who alone is God and who alone is wise. Amen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) \ No newline at end of file